Brig Gen Kenneth Newton Walker
Kenneth Walker enlisted at Denver, Colorado,
on 15 December 1917. He took flying training at
Mather Field, California, getting his commission
and wings in November 1918.
After a tour in the Philippines, he returned
to Langley Field, Virginia, in February 1925
with a subsequent assignment in December
1928 to attend the Air Corps Tactical School.
Retained on the faculty as a bombardment in-
structor, Walker became the epitome of the
strategic thinkers at the school and coined the
revolutionary airpower “creed of the bomber”:
“A well-planned, well-organized and well-flown
air force attack will constitute an offensive
that cannot be stopped.”
Following attendance at the Command and General Staff School at Fort
Leavenworth, Kansas, in 1933 and promotion to major, he served for three
years at Hamilton Field, California, and another three years at Luke Field,
Ford Island, and Wheeler Field, Hawaii. Walker returned to the United
States in January 1941 as assistant chief of the Plans Division for the chief
of the Air Corps in Washington, DC.
He was promoted to lieutenant colonel in July 1941 and colonel in March
1942. During this time, when he worked in the Operations Division of the War
Department General Staff, he coauthored the air-campaign strategy known as
Air War Plans Division—Plan 1, the plan for organizing, equipping, deploying,
and employing the Army Air Forces to defeat Germany and Japan should the
United States become embroiled in war. The authors completed this monu-
mental undertaking in less than one month, just before Japan attacked Pearl
Harbor—and the United States was, in fact, at war.
In June 1942, he was promoted to brigadier general and assigned by Gen
George Kenney as commander of Fifth Air Force’s Bomber Command. In this
capacity, he repeatedly accompanied his B-24 and B-17 units on bombing mis-
sions deep into enemy-held territory. Learning firsthand about combat condi-
tions, he developed a highly efficient technique for bombing when aircraft faced
opposition by enemy fighter planes and antiaircraft fire.
General Walker was killed in action on 5 January 1943 while leading a
bombing mission over Rabaul, New Britain—the hottest target in the theater.
He was awarded the Medal of Honor. Its citation, in part, reads, “In the face of
extremely heavy anti aircraft fire and determined opposition by enemy fighters,
General Walker led an ef
fective daylight bombing attack against shipping in the
harbor at Rabaul, which resulted in direct hits on nine enemy vessels. During
this action, his airplane was disabled and forced down by the attack of an over-
whelming number of enemy fighters. He displayed conspicuous leadership
above and beyond the call of duty involving personal valor and intrepidity at an
extreme hazard to life.” Walker is credited with being one of the men who built
an or
ganization that became the US Air For
ce.
After you have read this research report, please
give us your frank opinion on the contents. All
comments––large or small, complimentary or
caustic––will be gratefully appreciated. Mail them
to CADRE/AR, Building 1400, 401 Chennault
Circle, Maxwell AFB AL 36112–6428.
Thank you for your assistance.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cut along dotted line
Intelligence Reform
A Question of Balance
Bansemer
AIR FORCE FELLOWS
COLLEGE OF AEROSPACE DOCTRINE,
RESEARCH AND EDUCATION
AIR UNIVERSITY
Intelligence Reform
A Question of Balance
JOHN D. BANSEMER
Lieutenant Colonel, USAF
Walker Paper No. 5
Air University Press
Maxwell Air For
ce Base, Alabama 36112-6615
August 2006
This publication includes copyrighted material.
Copyright 2005 by the President and Fellows of Harvard College. Not to be reproduced in
any form without written consent from the Program on Information Resources Policy, Harvard
University, Maxwell Dworkin 125, 33 Oxford Street, Cambridge MA 02138. (617) 495-4114. E-mail:
[email protected] URL: http://www.pirp.harvard.edu
This publication has been reviewed and approved by competent personnel of the preparing com-
mand in accordance with current directives on doctrine, policy, essentiality, propriety, and quality.
Opinions, conclusions, and recommendations expressed or implied within are solely those of
the author and do not necessarily represent the views of Air University, the United States Air
Force, the Department of Defense, or any other US government agency. Cleared for public re-
lease: distribution unlimited.
ii
Air University Library Cataloging Data
Bansemer, John D.
Intelligence reform : a question of balance / John D. Bansemer
p. ; cm. –– (Walker paper, 1555-7871 ; no. 5)
Includes bibliographical references.
ISBN 1-58566-151-1
1. Intelligence service––United States. 2. Intelligence service––United
States––Management. 3. Administrative agencies––United States––Reorganization.
4. Military intelligence––United States. I. Title. II. Series.
353.170973––dc22
This W
alker Paper and others in the series ar
e available
electr
onically at the Air University Resear
ch W
eb site
http://research.maxwell.af.mil and the AU Press Web
site http://aupr
ess.maxwell.af.mil.
Air Force Fellows
Since 1958 the Air Force has assigned a small number of care-
fully chosen, experienced officers to serve one-year tours at dis-
tinguished civilian institutions studying national security policy
and strategy. Beginning with the 1994 academic year, these pro-
grams were accorded in-residence credit as part of professional
military education at senior service schools. In 2003 these fellow-
ships assumed senior developmental education (SDE) force-
development credit for eligible officers.
The SDE-level Air Force Fellows serve as visiting military am-
bassadors to their centers, devoting effort to expanding their col-
leagues’ understanding of defense matters. As such, candidates
for SDE-level fellowships have a broad knowledge of key Depart-
ment of Defense (DOD) and Air Force issues. SDE-level fellows
perform outreach by their presence and voice in sponsoring
institutions. They ar
e expected to provide advice as well as
promote and explain Air Force and DOD policies, programs,
and military-doctrine strategy to nationally recognized schol-
ars, for
eign dignitaries, and leading policy analysts. The Air
Force Fellows also gain valuable perspectives from the ex-
change of ideas with these civilian leaders. SDE-level fellows
are expected to apprise appropriate Air Force agencies of sig-
nificant developments and emerging views on defense as well
as economic and for
eign policy issues within their centers.
Each fellow is expected to use the unique access she or he has
as grounds for research and writing on important national se-
curity issues. The SDE Air For
ce Fellows include the National
Defense Fellows, the RAND Fellows, the National Security Fel-
lows, and the Secretary of Defense Corporate Fellows. In addi-
tion, the Air Force Fellows program supports a post-SDE mili-
tary fellow at the Council on For
eign Relations.
iii
On the level of intermediate developmental education, the
chief of staff approved several Air Force Fellowships focused on
career broadening for Air Force majors. The Air Force Legislative
Fellows program was established in April 1995, with the Foreign
Policy Fellowship and Defense Advanced Research Projects
Agency Fellowship coming under the Air Force Fellows program
in 2003. In 2004 the Air Force Fellows also assumed responsi-
bility for the National Laboratories Technologies Fellows.
iv
AIR FORCE FELLOWS
Contents
Chapter Page
DISCLAIMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ABOUT THE AUTHOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
ABSTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
1 A NEED FOR CHANGE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL
FOR INTELLIGENCE REFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3 REFORMING INTELLIGENCE:
A 50-YEAR EFFORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4 THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE
REFORM LEGISLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5 THE PUSH AND PULL OF
INTELLIGENCE REFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
6 THE QUESTION OF BALANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Appendix
A INTERVIEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
B CHRONOLOGY OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
PROPOSALS RELA
TED TO IC REFORM
. . . . .
159
Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
163
v
Appendix Page
C MILESTONES IN THE INTELLIGENCE
COMMUNITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Table
1 Elements in intelligence community reform . . . . 151
CONTENTS
vi
Foreword
In Intelligence Reform: A Question of Balance, Col John D.
Bansemer shares his penetrating insights into reforming the US
intelligence community (IC) to improve its performance. He of-
fers valuable guidelines for thoughtful action on this perennial
concern.
The events of 9/11/2001 resulted in national soul-searching
as we attempted to understand how such terrible events could
happen. Congress investigated these events, and the 9/11 Com-
mission studied them. Although the commission ultimately
made 41 recommendations, the ones that called yet again for
reform of the IC captured the most attention in both the press
and Congress. Why has intelligence reform been called for so
often over the years? Why has it proven so difficult to improve
the performance of intelligence agencies to anyone’s lasting
satisfaction?
In addressing these questions, there is a direction that Banse-
mer wisely does
not take, namely attempting to sort out the rela-
tive roles of intelligence failures and operational failures. Surely
futur
e studies of Hurricane Katrina will illustrate, through an
example of nearly laboratory purity, that operational failures can
occur even with nearly per
fect intelligence, hence that intelli-
gence r
eform may well need to go hand-in-hand with operational
reform to improve overall performance.
Bansemer examines the performance of the US intelligence
community by focusing on underlying tensions that are not
unique to the IC but that occur also within any large organiza-
tion. Understood this way, reform looks less like a choice among
polar preferences and more like a question of altering balances,
each of which stems from unavoidably competing interests
within an organization.
One touchstone of Bansemer’s analysis is the Goldwater-
Nichols Act (GNA) of 1986. The GNA exemplifies one way to at
-
tempt r
efor
m of a lar
ge organization that harbors specialized
and competing interests—in this case the Department of De-
fense (DOD) with its component military services. On the record,
Congress and the 9/11 Commission had elements of the GNA
in mind when they crafted their legislation and r
ecommenda
-
vii
tions, respectively. The novel insight from Bansemer’s analy-
sis is its finding that while there may be some commonality in
the symptoms (i.e., the reasons for reform) between the DOD
and the IC, the recommended course of treatment may not be
universally applicable. Crucial particulars of organizational
structures, culture, and incentives all play a role in the suc-
cess of any reform effort in improving performance.
Another key element of Bansemer’s analysis is the question of
why intelligence reform has so rarely met the expectations of the
reformers recommending change. He finds that this phenome-
non has less to do with broad organizational structure and more
with tensions among elements of the or
ganization. In the case of
the IC these tensions are heightened, relative to those in the
DOD, with its four military services by virtue of the presence in
the intelligence “community” of a larger number of much more
loosely affiliated elements with much more diverse missions be-
longing to many government departments, including State, Trea-
sury, and Homeland Security. In this “community,” no one per-
son is r
eally in charge and, short of pulling a number of
intelligence agencies out from their respective departments, no
one is ever likely to be.
At first blush the answer seems to be creating a monolithic in-
telligence establishment under a single person; however, even a
rudimentary analysis quickly finds difficulties with such an ap-
proach. Centralization may provide more control over an enter-
prise, but it risks losing the agility and mor
e tailored approaches
found in more decentralized organizations. The attractions of
centralization versus decentralization do not set up the only ten-
sion at play in the IC. Bansemer develops three more illustra-
tions from among the more important tensions: “connecting the
dots” versus “groupthink”; sharing information versus protecting
it; and the sometimes conflicting needs of the national policy
maker versus the needs of the departments. His central conclu-
sion is that, given the underlying tensions, reformers will likely
never be satisfied completely with the outcome of whatever they
may pr
opose. At any given moment, the many tensions are in an
unstable and dynamic balance.
A useful guideline for thoughtful and ef
fective action stems
fr
om Bansemer’s findings. Pr
ecisely because they ar
e unstable
viii
FOREWORD
and dynamic, balances can be adjusted through a wide variety
of mechanisms that are available to alter the underlying ten-
sions. However, before picking up a tool, it is always better to
read the instruction manual. This leads to the most applicable
part of Bansemer’s analysis. He doesn’t prescribe solutions.
He develops instead the potential results of balance adjustments.
If one accepts that much of any reform effort is really about ad-
justing balances within organizations, then understanding the
potential impact of these readjustments becomes a critical part
of any reform effort aimed at improving performance. Bansemer
lays the foundation for improving this understanding.
In summary, there is no magic bullet for reforming an orga-
nization to improve its performance, and the changes made to
remedy yesterday’s failures may not be the ones to succeed
against tomorrow’s challenges. Instead success depends on
the ability of the organization to alter balances dynamically
and with agility—the key finding of this report.
ANTHONY G. OETTINGER
Chairman
Program on Information Resources Policy
Harvard University
ix
FOREWORD
Colonel Bansemer is currently director of Homeland Defense
on the National Security Council staff. In his current position, he
is responsible for the formulation, coordination, and implemen-
tation of homeland defense policies with a focus on cyber secu
-
rity and infor
mation operations. He graduated from Roanoke
College and received his commission as a distinguished gradu-
ate of Officer T
raining School in 1988. Upon completion of ini
-
tial technical training, he served in a variety of staff and opera-
tional positions. In 1994 he served as a detachment commander
,
providing space intelligence support to Air Force Space Com-
mand. In 1999 he was assigned to the Air Staff where he was re-
sponsible for defensive infor
mation warfare doctrine and policy.
His duties included formulating policy to pr
otect Air Force infor-
mation systems and advising the director of Intelligence, Surveil-
lance, and Reconnaissance on information warfare issues. He
next attended Air Command and Staff College at Maxwell Air
Force Base, Alabama, where he was a distinguished graduate. In
2001 he assumed the r
ole of dir
ector of operations at the 23d In
-
formation Operations Squadron, Air Force Information Warfare
Center, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas. In 2002 he assumed
command of the squadron, which is tasked with providing the
Air Force information operations tactics, techniques, and proce-
dures. Following his selection as a National Defense Fellow in
2005, he studied at Harvard University in the Program on Infor-
mation Resour
ces Policy.
xi
About the
Author
Lt Col John D. Bansemer
Colonel Bansemer holds master of science degrees in com-
puter science from James Madison University and military
operational art from Air University. He is married to Ellen Moore
Bansemer. They have three children: Katherine, Emily, and
Phillip.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
xii
Abstract
On 22 July 2004 the 9/11 Commission released its report on
the events surrounding the attacks of 11 September 2001. The
9/11 Report renewed calls for reform of the intelligence commu-
nity, continuing a long series of intelligence reform efforts that
began shortly after the National Security Act of 1947 laid the
foundation of the modern IC. As reform proceeds and govern-
ment officials consider further changes, three topics remain
relevant: (1) the 1986 Goldwater-Nichols reform of the Depart-
ment of Defense and its applicability to the IC, (2) the common
findings and recommendations of past reform efforts of the IC,
and (3) the competing inter
ests inher
ent in the IC that influence
the pace and character of actual r
eform. This study explores
these topics in the context of the 9/11 Report and the subse-
quent reform efforts initiated by the executive and legislative
branches.
While there was common motivation between the latest ef-
fort to reform the IC and the earlier DOD reform effort as em-
bodied in the Goldwater-Nichols Act, it r
emains less clear if
the meas
ures taken in the DOD case ar
e equally applicable to
the IC. One reason to question the applicability of DOD reform
ef
forts to the IC is the unique organizational context of the IC—
an interagency organization supporting multiple departments as
well as national policy makers. Reform of the IC is unlike reform
of a single cabinet-level department, for at its most basic level the
IC exists to enhance the effectiveness of multiple departments
and senior policy makers in the accomplishment of their as-
signed functions. In short, the IC serves varied interests with
sometimes shared and sometimes conflicting intelligence needs.
This organizational context suggests that successful reform re-
quir
es an on-going r
ecalibration of competing inter
ests to meet
the changing demands inherent within a dynamic national secu-
rity environment.
xiii
Chapter 1
A Need for Change?
Some of the saddest aspects of the 9/11 story are the out-
standing efforts of so many individual officials straining,
often without success, against the boundaries of the possi-
ble. Good people can overcome bad structures. They should
not have to.
—Final Report of the National Commission on
Terrorist Attacks upon the United States
Its [the 9/11 Commission’s] focus was al-Qaeda’s attack,
9/11. And I think we want to be very careful that we not
structure the intelligence community and these reforms in
such a way as to fight only that war.
—James Woolsey, former director of central intelligence,
Testimony to the Senate Governmental
Affairs Committee, “Reorganizing America’s
Intelligence Community: A View from Inside”
Background
On 22 July 2004 the Final Report of the National Commission
on Terrorist Attacks upon the United States
(hereafter referred to
as the 9/11 Report) was r
eleased to the public. The 567-page
document provided a detailed description of the 9/11 attacks
and outlined a new strategy, including recommendations in-
tended to reduce the likelihood of future attacks. The report was
notable for the unanimity of commission members, the breadth
of public interest, and the relatively quick response by Congress
and the executive branch to the recommendations.
1
Within two
days of publication, House and Senate leaders were promising to
reform and restructure the intelligence community (IC), and the
White House was indicating support for quick action before elec-
tions.
2
On 27 August Pr
es. Geor
ge W
. Bush issued executive or-
ders (EO) implementing several of the recommendations, and in
early October both chambers of Congress passed separate bills
in r
esponse to the r
eport. Finally, on 17 December, after a suc-
1
cessful congressional effort to synchronize the two bills, Presi-
dent Bush signed into law the National Intelligence Reform Act
of 2004. Interestingly, although the 9/11 Report contained 47
recommendations, the media and congressional spotlights fo-
cused primarily on eight of them: those dealing with restructur-
ing the IC.
The commission’s recommendations included establishing a
joint command for counterterrorism, proposed as the National
Counterterrorism Center (NCTC); creating the position of a na-
tional intelligence director (NID) to lead a restructured IC; and
improving information sharing among intelligence organiza-
tions.
3
The legislation subsequently enacted, and in many r
e-
spects implemented, the core aspects of these recommendations.
Both the reform efforts and the resulting legislation were, in
some ways, reminiscent of an earlier government effort: the
Goldwater-Nichols Act of 1986, which resulted in the reform
of the Department of Defense (DOD). In fact, elements of the
Goldwater-Nichols Act appear to have guided the efforts of
both the 9/11 commissioners and Congr
ess in several key
areas of intelligence reform, including improved joint action,
altering the r
elative power of key leaders, and joint personnel
practices.
4
There ar
e key differ
ences as well. Unlike the DOD, which is a
single department (albeit one with four separate services), the IC
comprises 15 discrete organizations that fall under six cabinet-
level departments and encompasses a diverse mixtur
e of person-
nel, both military and civilian.
5
Furthermore, because of the
multidepartmental span of the IC, several congressional com-
mittees provide oversight of the community, which in itself can
influence the nature and type of reform. Additionally, such is-
sues as information sharing and analytic tradecraft are spe-
cific to the IC. However, when viewed as a model for reforming
a large government bureaucracy and not as a checklist for re-
form, Goldwater-Nichols offers valuable insight into the current
intelligence r
efor
m ef
forts.
Ultimately, as several commentators and for
mer defense of-
ficials have noted, major reform of the IC is not without trade-
of
fs. Centralizing intelligence may run the risk of encouraging
those aspects of gr
oupthink blamed for such pr
oblems as in
-
A NEED FOR CHANGE
2
accurate intelligence estimates that fail to incorporate alterna-
tive analyses. Conversely, decentralized intelligence without con-
comitant regimens to improve information sharing runs the
risk of failing to connect the dots. In a similar vein, moving or-
ganizational boxes, particularly across executive departments,
entails changing command and control (C
2
) structures with
accompanying effects, both positive and negative. Improving
information sharing, which at first glance appears relatively
innocuous, has consequences as well, including the negative
effects of information overload and potentially damaging dis-
closures of sensitive intelligence to adversaries. This is not to
say that r
eform is not needed or necessary. However, reform
may be more successful when the competing interests at stake
are understood and considered.
Finally, questions remain. Why, when over 20 studies of the
IC have been undertaken since 1947, did this particular re-
form effort develop so much traction with Congress and the
executive branch?
6
Was it because the events of 9/11 were so
horrific and so palpable that elected of
ficials felt they had no
choice but to act? Was it because the report established the
clear
est link yet between structural impediments in the IC and
the fatal consequences of intelligence failures? Was it because of
the strength of various 9/11 advocacy gr
oups and the prox
imity
of a presidential election? As important as these questions are,
a more fundamental one remains: Will the 9/11 Commission’s
recommendations and the resulting legislation adequately
address the problems identified in the commission’s report
as well as those in previous studies and investigations of the
US intelligence community?
This question gets to the heart of the problem with intelli-
gence reform. Adjustments designed to address one aspect of
the IC may have unintended consequences for other aspects of
the intelligence effort. Thus, an examination of the competing
tensions associated with proposed recommendations provides
a mechanism to analyze the potential impacts of r
efor
m. As
this study illustrates, r
eform of the IC involves numerous
competing tensions and associated trade-offs with significant
implications. Because of these complexities, further compli
-
cated by the interagency natur
e of the IC, this paper does not
A NEED FOR CHANGE
3
purport to offer an easy solution. In fact, there likely is no sin-
gle solution. Instead, successful reform requires the creation
and use of mechanisms that allow the dynamic recalibration
of these tensions in response to an ever-changing organiza-
tional context.
Scope and Organization
Both the 9/11 Report and statements by commission lead-
ers suggest that the commission had in mind various aspects
of the 1986 Goldwater-Nichols legislation when proposing
their recommendations. Of particular relevance are the re-
port’s discussions on joint action, unity of effort, and the re-
structuring of the IC.
7
Rather than analyze the direct applica-
tion of the 1986 act to intelligence refor
m, chapter 2 examines
the evolution of DOD reform and the underlying tensions in
play during the reform effort. As the chapter describes, the
DOD reform effort centered on three key areas: the failure of
joint action, the structure of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS),
and the quality of joint personnel. Because each of these areas
has some commonality with the current intelligence reform ef-
forts, the problems and legislative prescriptions mandated by
Goldwater
-Nichols r
epresent a practical model of the r
eform of
a large-scale government bureaucracy. The questions ad-
dressed are: What was the legislation designed to improve?
What structural and procedural changes were made as a re-
sult of the legislation? and How effective was the legislation in
meeting its intended aims?
Chapter 3 turns to previous intelligence reform efforts to
search for commonalities in their recommendations and find-
ings. This discussion helps to identify where the 9/11 Commis-
sion’s r
ecommendations echo or dif
fer fr
om the findings of
pre-
vious studies. This analysis represents the first step in
understanding the potential ramifications of various actions
for the IC writ large. The review of over 50 years of intelligence
reform efforts illustrates, among other things, a gradual shift
toward greater centralization of intelligence, an intelligence
system that has evolved in response to changes in the inter-
national envir
onment far more than some reform advocates
A NEED FOR CHANGE
4
would suggest, and the continued relevance of issues that
have faced decision makers since the late 1940s.
Chapter 4 examines in detail the 9/11 Commission’s recom-
mendations and the legislative and executive branch re-
sponses to the report. Of the five sets of recommendations re-
lated to the IC, the first three groupings—improved joint
action, improved structure, and improved information shar-
ing—share elements with DOD reform efforts. The final two
sets, related to improving congressional oversight and domes-
tic intelligence efforts, are unique to the IC. Next, this chapter
reviews the measures taken by the executive branch in late
August to addr
ess the 9/11 Commission’s recommendations
and then analyzes the legislation passed in December. To bet-
ter assess the potential success of the recent reform efforts,
the chapter concludes by comparing the recent intelligence re-
form legislation with the Goldwater-Nichols Act to see how
each piece of legislation attempted to improve joint action,
alter the power relations among the primary parties, and im-
pr
ove joint personnel practices.
Chapter 5 offers a fuller examination of the competing inter-
ests and or
ganizational exigencies that hang in the balance of
any major reform of the IC. Although any successful reform
should consider a variety of balances, determining the pr
oper
extent of centralization versus decentralization may be the
most fundamental because it affects so many of the other as-
sociated balances. As a historical r
eview shows, the IC has
gradually become more centralized over time, although certain
barriers make further centralization increasingly difficult.
After examining the arguments on both sides of the centraliza-
tion/decentralization issue, the focus shifts to three associ-
ated tensions: the tension between centralized and decentral-
ized analysis, greater information sharing and the need to
protect information, and the intelligence needs of national pol-
icy makers and the more tailored and operational intelligence
needs of the IC’s component departments, particularly the
DOD. The need to balance these competing inter
ests compli-
cates reform efforts and suggests one reason why the IC has
followed a gradual, evolutionary path rather than one mor
e
closely r
esembling punctuated equilibrium with dramatic
A NEED FOR CHANGE
5
changes followed by relatively long periods of stability. After
noting other tensions worthy of further study, this chapter
concludes with a brief examination of such further relevant
factors as internal organizational structures, organizational
context, and the quality of organizational personnel and lead-
ers that may prove key to any successful reform effort.
Chapter 6 summarizes the previous analysis in more con-
densed form. The success of the latest reform efforts depends
on multiple factors, including how well reformers diagnose the
perceived ills within the IC and whether the proposed treat-
ment effectively addresses the underlying issues. Reformers
have a variety of tools available. Legislative measures are usually
relatively permanent and broad in their focus and prescrip-
tions, while the tools of the executive branch of
fer greater pre-
cision and timeliness to adjust conditions as needed. To be ef-
fective, these tools need to be applied to multiple aspects of an
organization ranging from the organizational structure, to the
relative power of key leaders, to incentive structures, to the
underlying support infrastructure. Thus, true reform likely de-
pends primarily upon the inter
nal efforts of the IC itself. The
degree of cooperation between agencies and departments;
changes in community policies, practices, culture, and in the
underlying supporting infrastructure; and—most important—
the effectiveness of the community’s leaders and personnel all
play important roles in any r
efor
m effort. In the end, adjusting
the fulcrum to achieve the desired balances may be more art
than science; however
, such an adjustment can be informed
by potential or even likely outcomes and consequences—the
ultimate objective of this research.
Notes
1. 9-11 Commission Media Advisory, “9/11 Commission Releases Unan-
imous Final Report,” http://www.9-11commission.gov/pr
ess/pr_2004-07
-22.pdf (accessed 4 October 2004).
2. Dan Eggen and Helen Dewar, “Leaders Pick Up Urgency of 9/11 Panel;
Congress and Bush Vow to Speed Refor
ms,”
W
ashington Post
, 24 July 2004,
A01.
3.
Final Report of the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks upon the
United States
(hereafter referred to as the 9/11 Report) (New York: W.W. Nor-
ton & Company, 2004), 400–418. For a discussion of the NCTC see 400–406,
A NEED FOR CHANGE
6
f
or a discussion of restructuring the IC and establishing the NID see 407–15,
and for a discussion of information sharing, see 416–18.
4. Statement of Senator Joseph Lieberman (D-CT), 108th Cong., 2d sess.,
Congressional Record (8 December 2004): S11968. In remarks on the Senate
floor, Senator Lieberman stated, “Just as, in the military, the Goldwater-
Nichols Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1986 sought to integrate
the military services’ capabilities by strengthening the combatant command-
ers, so this legislation fosters greater jointness among the intelligence agen-
cies.” See also remarks by Rep. Jane Harman (D-CA) who stated on the House
floor, “This long-overdue legislation will modernize our capabilities, integrate
our intelligence collection and analysis efforts, unify our counterterrorist ef-
forts and promote intelligence sharing. It will promote the same jointness in
intelligence that has been the hallmark of our military’s success since the
Goldwater-Nichols Act of 1986.” Statement of Rep. Jane Harman, 108th
Cong., 2d sess.,
Congressional Record (7 December 2004): H11004.
5. The current IC comprises the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), Defense
Intelligence Agency (DIA), National Security Agency (NSA), National Reconnais-
sance Agency (NRA), National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA), and the in-
telligence elements of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, Coast Guard, Fed-
eral Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Department of State, Department of
Treasury, Department of Energy, and Department of Homeland Security (DHS).
See “The Intelligence Community in a Nutshell,” http://www.intelligence.gov/
ic_in_a_nutshell/index.htm (accessed 5 October 2004).
6. Since the establishment of the initial outlines of the IC by the
National
Security Act of 1947
, numerous investigations, reform efforts, and commis-
sions have examined the intelligence process and provided recommenda-
tions for reform. The total number of these studies ranges from somewhere
over 20 to nearly 40 depending on the metric used to describe a reform ef-
fort. This paper focuses on the reform efforts identified in Richard A. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization, 1949–2004 (Washington, D.C.:
Congressional Research Service, 29 July 2004).
7. 9/11 Report, 403, 408, and 412. Page 408 in particular discusses
Goldwater-Nichols and joint commands as well as incentives for DOD joint
officers.
A NEED FOR CHANGE
7
Chapter 2
Goldwater-Nichols as a Model
for Intelligence Reform
We believe that the intelligence community needs joint analy-
sis, joint collection and joint management. It needs a whole-
sale reform, and we believe it ought to be modeled in the
Goldwater–Nichols reforms.
—Thomas Kean, chairman, 9/11 Commission,
Testimony to the House Permanent Select
Committee on Intelligence, US House of
Representatives, 11 August 2004.
The 9/11 Commission report, individual commission mem-
bers, congressional witnesses, and former government officials
explicitly cited the Goldwater
-Nichols Defense Reorganization
Act of 1986 as a model for reform of the IC.
1
At least two thought
processes appear to account for this. On the one hand, some r
e-
formers seemed to view Goldwater-Nichols as a paradigm for re-
forming a large bureaucracy.
2
In this instance, reformers fo-
cused on Goldwater
-Nichols as illustrative of legislative
solutions that solve large-scale bureaucratic problems. Other
refor
mers, notably some members of the 9/11 Commission and
of Congr
ess, had specific elements of Goldwater-Nichols in mind
as they crafted particular elements of legislation and recom
-
mendations; thus, they used the legislation more as a template
for action.
3
Goldwater-Nichols is also notable because the tensions in-
volved resemble those addressed in the current intelligence
debate. In his book on DOD r
eorganization, Gordon Lederman
suggests that three fundamental tensions were present and
that the need to find the proper balance among these tensions
guided the efforts of reformers.
4
They involved (and continue
to involve) tensions of centralization versus decentralization,
functional versus geographic r
esponsibility, and specialist ver
-
sus generalist perspectives.
5
The tension between centralization and decentralization fun-
damentally concer
ns where decisions are made in an organiza-
9
tion. In theory, greater centralization provides more unified di-
rection at the expense of less efficient execution, whereas decen-
tralization can foster innovation and speed reaction to unfolding
events while increasing the risk of uncoordinated efforts and
diffused responsibility. The geographic/functional tension re-
sembles the tensions in the business world over whether to or-
ganize around functional or product lines. In the military con-
text, they involve decisions to organize around specific
geographic r
egions, which allow control of all the military assets
in the r
egion and a stronger understanding of regional issues
(e.g., the unified commands of US Pacific Command and US Eu-
ropean Command [USEUCOM]) versus placing all the military
assets dedicated to a particular purpose under a global com-
mander (e.g., the functional command of US Transportation
Command). Finally, tension exists between the need to master
specific skills within the profession of military arms (specializa-
tion) versus the need to understand the broad concepts of mili-
tary art to better synchronize the full potential of all contribut-
ing military arms (generalization). As Lederman illustrates,
there is no perfect solution. The balances shift to reflect a
changing environment and the guiding priorities of government
leaders, which are modulated by opposing and competing advo-
cates within the military establishment.
6
Beyond this common backgr
ound, the Goldwater-Nichols
legislation offers other important analogies to the present in-
telligence r
eform initiatives. In particular
, issues that
prompted intelligence reform efforts after 9/11 have much in
common with those identified in a series of reports, congres-
sional staff studies, and testimony that led up to the passage
of Goldwater-Nichols. These commonalities include failures of
joint action; structural barriers that inhibited ef
fective opera
-
tions, particularly dual-hatting of key personnel and inade
-
quate authority; and policies that deterr
ed high-quality per
-
sonnel fr
om pursuing joint duty.
7
Given the similar impetus
for intelligence r
eform and Goldwater-Nichols, the act’s poten-
tial applicability, and its use as a historical reference, an ex-
amination of the events that preceded the act’s passage serves
as a good starting point to better understand why r
efor
m was
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
10
deemed necessary and what elements of the DOD the legisla-
tion was designed to improve.
Why Goldwater-Nichols?
Goldwater-Nichols arose from a confluence of multiple fac-
tors, including poor or suboptimal military performance in a se-
ries of operations (e.g., the failed rescue of Iranian hostages [Op-
eration Eagle Claw], the invasion of Grenada, and the bombing
of the Marine barracks in Beirut), increasing calls for reform
from both within and outside the DOD, and greater congres-
sional activism resulting from perceived intransigence of senior
DOD officials regarding calls for reform.
8
While these factors are
important for understanding the context surrounding passage
of Goldwater-Nichols, more relevant to this report is an under-
standing of the problems targeted by the legislation.
Although studies and historical analyses of Goldwater-
Nichols cite multiple issues and problems in need of solutions,
this chapter focuses on three areas commonly identified by
various r
esear
chers and commentators on the act.
9
These cor
e
issues include (1) the failure of joint action and the associated
imbalance of responsibility and authority, particularly as it re-
lated to the combatant commanders of the unified commands;
(2) the structure of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS), the dual-
hatting of the service chiefs, and the effects of this organiza-
tional structur
e on the military advice provided to the pr
esi
-
dent; and (3) the poor quality of personnel filling joint duty
positions. Each of these areas shares features with problems
identified within the IC.
The Failure of Joint Action
Before examining the concept of joint action, a few distinc-
tions are necessary. The DOD defines joint as “activities, oper-
ations, or
ganizations, etc., in which elements of two or more
Military Departments participate.”
10
Joint action can thus be
partially distinguished from unified action, where activity oc-
curs under the auspices of a unified commander and includes
the “synchronization of activities with other governmental and
nongover
nmental agencies.”
11
The following discussion uses
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
11
the term joint action to denote activities that are purely joint in
nature, did not necessarily occur under a unified commander,
and did not involve synchronization with other governmental
agencies. This distinction becomes important, because the
9/11 Report (without a supplemental definition) also uses the
term
joint action, apparently to denote action involving two or
more intelligence agencies or organizations.
The
Rescue Mission Report, the official report on the Iranian
hostage rescue mission, attributed the operation’s failure to mul-
tiple causes and highlighted 11 major problems, of which two
focused on C
2
issues.
12
The report cited the lack of unified plan-
ning, separate training that pr
ecluded full mission rehearsal,
and significant operational issues including weather as factors
that combined to create the conditions for failure. The report
also noted, “From [commander, Joint Task Force] COMJTF
downward command channels were less well defined in some
areas and only implied in others.”
13
A separate examination of
the event highlighted the difficulty in diagramming a chain of
command, noting such a diagram was “litter
ed with dotted
lines of coordination and instances of one unit responding to
two lines of command.”
14
Taken in isolation, the failure of the operation was not enough
to compel refor
m. However, two other events in October 1983
also contributed to a general sense that military reform might
be necessary: the terrorist bombing of the Marine barracks in
Beirut and the US invasion of Gr
enada.
Investigations of the Marine barracks bombing attributed
the tragedy primarily to the inadequacy of security measures.
15
These security conditions were, in turn, symptomatic of a larger
issue of failed unity of command. Joint doctrine describes the
concept of
unity of command as “all forces operat[ing] under a
single commander with the requisite authority to direct all
forces employed in pursuit of a common purpose.”
16
In the
case of Beirut, Gen Bernard Rogers, USA, the USEUCOM com-
mander in char
ge of the security situation in Beirut, had no
r
eal authority to revise or enforce security procedures. The
House Investigations Subcommittee found failures of commis-
sion at the lower levels of command and failur
es of omission
in the for
m of inadequate oversight by elements further up the
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
12
chain of command, to include General Rogers.
1
7
In addition,
the subcommittee struggled with conflicting testimony on the
structure of command relationships and found “the lack of
clarity in the chain of command might contribute to an inabil-
ity to fix responsibility and authority.”
18
While General Rogers
accepted responsibility in his testimony before the subcom-
mittee, evidence indicates that he lacked the “requisite author-
ity” to alter the events that transpired. For example, USEU-
COM had offered antiterrorist training fully 11 months before
the attack, but the Marines had r
ejected the offer. This illus-
trated the relative impotence of a combatant commander to di-
rect actions within his own theater.
19
The disparity between responsibility and authority was dis-
cussed in the aftermath of the incident. A report by Lt Gen
John H. Cushman, USA, retired, that later influenced congres-
sional reformers specifically spoke to General Rogers’s limited
authority, citing his inability to effect “such matters as admin-
istration, discipline, internal organization, and unit training
except when a subordinate commander requests assistance.
20
Adm William Crowe, then commander of the unified Pacific Com-
mand, supported this finding, stating, “The unified commander
had all the r
esponsibility, he did not have sufficient authority.
His component commanders reported to their own service chiefs
for administration, logistics, and training matters.”
21
A br
oad
analysis of unified command structur
es befor
e Beirut foretold
potential problems, noting that combatant commanders had
“insuf
ficient authority and influence in peacetime to ensur
e
their war-fighting capabilities were commensurate with their
mission.”
22
Another event in October further strengthened the calls for
reform. On 25 October 1983 the United States invaded Grenada,
in part to pr
event the island fr
om becoming a satellite of Cuba
as well as to pr
otect American citizens on the island. Although
the operation achieved its objectives, numer
ous C
2
and inter
-
operability problems surfaced that might have had dire conse-
quences had US for
ces faced a mor
e competent adversary. The
operation again violated the principle of unity of command, as
the ground elements of Marine and Army forces fought under
separate chains of command.
23
As then-Maj Gen Colin Powell
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
13
said at the time of the invasion, “Relations between the services
were marred by poor communications, fractured command
and control, [and] interservice parochialism.”
24
On the inter-
operability front, the Army was unable to communicate with
Navy ships offshore to obtain necessary supporting fires.
25
Be-
sides interoperability problems, the assessments highlighted
poor joint planning, lack of service expertise in joint headquar-
ters, and lack of unity of command.
26
The investigations of these and other military operations
yielded a consistent theme of inadequate unity of command
and ineffective joint action. They also validated the findings of
a 1970 Blue Ribbon Defense Panel report that found “an im-
balance between the responsibility and authority of unified
commanders.”
27
The joint capstone document on unified ac
-
tion states that
unified action of the Armed Forces of the United States starts with uni-
fied direction. For U.S. military operations, unified direction normally
is accomplished by establishing a joint force, assigning a mission or
objective to the joint force commander (JFC), establishing command
relationships, assigning and/or attaching appropriate forces to the
joint force, and empowering the JFC with sufficient authority over the
forces to accomplish the assigned mission.
28
This description, written some 15 years after Goldwater-
Nichols came into for
ce, succinctly describes the military prin
-
ciples that serve, at least in part, as a prescriptive formula to
avoid the identified causes of some operational failures of the
past. The military operations outlined above suffer
ed to vary-
ing degr
ees from failur
es to establish appr
opriate command
relationships and empower commanders with sufficient au-
thorities.
Joint Chiefs of Staff Structure
The structure of the JCS was another major consideration
of reformers. Criticism of that structure came from within and
without military or
ganizations. Former secretary of defense
James Schlesinger succinctly described the problem, stating,
“The central weakness of the existing system lies in the struc-
ture of Joint Chiefs of Staff. . . . The existing structure, if it
does not preclude the best military advice, provides a substan-
tial, though not insur
mountable, barrier to such advice.”
29
In
-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
14
ternally, criticism came from the chairman of the JCS (CJCS),
Gen David C. Jones, USAF, who outlined the need for reform
in testimony before the House Armed Services Committee and
later in the press. His criticism was especially notable because
it came from within the military establishment: from a still-
serving general officer.
Much of his criticism focused on the overall structure of the
JCS, particularly the role of each of the service chiefs vis-à-vis
their joint and service responsibilities. Prior to enactment of
the Goldwater-Nichols legislation, the service chiefs exercised
significant control over Joint Staff action.
30
Likewise, military
advice emanating fr
om the JCS required agreement of all the
service chiefs, and the law required them to inform the president
of dissent.
31
This statutory requirement resulted in the com-
mon critique that the JCS took the “lowest common denomi-
nator” approach towards decision making.
32
In fact, such splits
within the JCS occurred only a “few times per year” and were
referred to the secretary of defense (SecDef).
33
Further pr
oblems centered on the Joint Staff. The organiza-
tional structure in place gave each of the service staffs a de facto
veto over the staf
fing process, with the r
esult that staff papers
were often watered down so as not to offend a service or to pro-
tect individual service programs or desir
es.
34
As the sole military
officer without concurrent service obligations, the CJCS was the
only person who could realistically be expected to rise above ser-
vice par
ochialisms. However, the Joint Staff worked for the en-
tire JCS, not just the chairman, which meant that the chairman
could not obtain independent, nonservice-centric advice and
support.
35
Moreover, the CJCS had no official deputy, which
made it hard to maintain continuity when the chairman traveled,
a problem compounded by the three-month rotation of the ser-
vice chiefs in the nominal deputy role.
Related to the structural problems of the JCS was the dual
role of the chiefs of the individual services as both the heads of
their service and members of the JCS. Underlying this dual na
-
tur
e is a fundamental tension between service prerogatives and
joint action.
36
In his initial testimony to the House Armed Ser-
vices Committee General Jones noted the institutional pr
essures
that each of the service chiefs felt in r
epr
esenting the inter
ests of
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
15
their services while also crafting and supporting unified deci-
sions.
3
7
This pressure created a spokesman-statesman dilemma
for the service chiefs.
38
Gen Edward C. Meyer, USA, another sit-
ting member of the JCS, supported this view, stating that “dual-
hatting, dictated by law, confers real power with the service chief
hat and little ability to influence policy, programming, and
budget issues with the joint hat.”
39
The statutory requirement
that the service chiefs focus on the development of their respec-
tive services further compounded the preeminence of the service
perspective over the joint perspective.
40
This dominance of the military services over joint organiza-
tional structures gets to the heart of Lederman’s specialist/
generalist tension.
41
Wearing their specialist hats, the service
chiefs supported service needs over the broader needs repre-
sented by the generalist hat. According to reformers, multiple
factors produced this imbalance, including the imperative for
the service chief to maintain support within his service and
veterans’ groups as well as the sheer lack of time for the ser-
vice chief to execute both service and joint responsibilities ade-
quately.
42
The P
oor Quality of J
oint Personnel
At least two factors af
fected the overall quality of joint per-
sonnel: lack of experience and negative perceptions of the ca-
reer impact of joint duty. These factors wer
e present even
within the Joint Staff. General Jones and others pointed to in-
adequate experience and competence, which resulted at least
partially from the statutory three-year time limit on Joint Staff
membership.
43
A study of the Joint Staff initiated by General
Jones, the Chairman’s Special Study Group, found that “only
2 percent of officers in the [Office of the Joint Chiefs of Staff]
OJCS during 1982 had any previous Joint Staff experience.”
44
At the highest echelons of power, less than 60 percent of gen-
eral officers and admirals had served in joint assignments.
45
The 1977 Defense Organization Study of the DOD supported
these findings, stating that the “services have consistently
avoided assigning their most highly qualified officers” to the
Joint Staf
f.
46
The lack of experience meant that joint person
-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
16
nel were likely to turn to their specialist training and back-
ground while fulfilling their duties on the staff.
Compounding the problem was the perception that joint
duty harmed an officer’s career. One reason for such a percep-
tion may have been that the services controlled promotions,
and thus officers serving on the Joint Staff may have believed
that supporting joint positions at the expense of service inter-
ests could jeopardize their promotion opportunities.
4
7
Dis-
cussing the overall quality of joint personnel, Admiral Crowe
noted, “It was unusual to find the most highly regarded offi-
cers laboring in the Joint Staff vineyard; many considered a
tour there as a hurdle on the career path.”
48
Further exacer-
bating the problems with the Joint Staff, only 13 percent of of-
ficers on the Joint Staff had attended joint training prior to as
-
suming joint duty.
49
Accusations even arose that the services
intentionally placed lower quality officers on the Joint Staff to
further obstruct the staf
fing process.
This underscored the tension between specialization and
generalization. The Joint Staff suffered in many respects be-
cause it consisted of specialists who had neither the experi
-
ence nor the training to foster a more generalist perspective. A
negative feedback cycle r
esulted, with joint personnel having
inadequate joint experience because they consciously avoided
joint assignments whenever possible. As long as service mem-
bers believed that joint duty harmed their careers, there was
little likelihood of improving the experience level on the Joint
Staff, which further diluted its effectiveness.
The preceding description should not be interpreted as a full
account of the issues leading to the passage of Goldwater-
Nichols. However
, all of the issues mentioned contributed to
an environment where reform was deemed necessary. Reform-
ers saw the system as unbalanced, with too much control
vested in the services at the expense of joint action. This im-
balance manifested itself in an overemphasis on decentraliza-
tion and specialization and a tr
end towards functional ap-
pr
oaches. A r
ecalibration of these balances thus became a
primary emphasis of the new legislation.
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
17
Goldwater-Nichols Legislation
The framers of the legislation set forth eight objectives:
1. to reorganize the Department of Defense and strengthen
civilian authority in the Department;
2. to improve the military advice provided to the President,
the National Security Council, and the Secretary of De-
fense;
3. to place clear responsibility on the commanders of the
unified and specified combatant commands for accom-
plishment of missions assigned to those commands;
4. to ensure that the authority of the commanders of the
unified and specified commands is fully commensurate
with the responsibility of those commanders for the ac-
complishment of missions assigned to their commands;
5. to increase attention to the formulation of strategy and
to contingency planning;
6. to provide for more efficient use of defense resources;
7.
to impr
ove joint officer management policies; and
8.
otherwise to enhance the effectiveness of both military
operations and DOD management.
50
Of these objectives, 2, 5, 6, and 8 related primarily to im-
proving the structure and effectiveness of the JCS and ad-
dressed conflicts r
esulting fr
om the dual-hatting of the service
chiefs. Objectives 3, 4, 5, and 8 related to improving joint op-
erations, with 3 and 4 specifically addressing the imbalance
between authority and responsibility. Objective 7 specifically
focused on the quality of the joint personnel.
Goldwater-Nichols brought about notable changes by mak-
ing the CJCS the principal military advisor to the president
and the SecDef and establishing the position of vice chair
man
(not a voting member of the JCS). This meant that the pr
eemi
-
nent senior military advisor was now also the leader who by
design had a generalist perspective and, in turn, removed some
of the underlying pressures on the service chiefs in their sol-
dier/statesman roles. The service chiefs could continue to ad-
vocate their service perspectives in the knowledge that the
CJCS or vice chair
man, Joint Chiefs of Staf
f (VCJCS) could
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
18
modulate the competing service perspectives in offering advice
to the president or SecDef. The service chiefs still wore two
hats; however, by increasing the power and prestige of the
chairman, the legislation mitigated some of the prevalent spe-
cialist tendencies. In essence, the greater independence of the
CJCS reduced the institutional pressures to seek unanimity at
all costs, thus avoiding the lowest common denominator ap-
proach previously mentioned.
The legislation further evidenced a leaning towards the gen-
eralist perspective by the functions it assigned to the CJCS.
The act made the chairman the spokesman for the combatant
commands; he would advise the SecDef on their needs and
priorities and seek to improve the alignment of the services’
budgets with their requirements.
51
To create stronger founda-
tions for joint culture, the legislation made the chairman re-
sponsible for formulating joint doctrine and education and
training policy. It also placed the Joint Staff under the direct
control of the chairman, expanded the length of terms for joint
duty, and incr
eased the number of officers authorized on the
staff from 400 to 1,627.
52
The Goldwater
-Nichols Act partially addressed the r
esponsi-
bility versus accountability issue raised by the combatant
commanders by requiring that all units within a geographic
region be assigned to the combatant command.
53
The act also
laid out seven aspects of that authority, including the ability
to establish the chain of command, to select subor
dinate com-
manders, to organize forces with the command, and to con-
vene courts-martial for disciplinary purposes.
54
Moreover to
further preclude the possibility that a combatant commander
could operate with insufficient authority, the act required
combatant commanders to promptly notify the SecDef if they
considered their authority insufficient.
55
To limit the power of
the services vis-à-vis the combatant commanders, subordi-
nate commanders were placed “under the authority, direction
and command” of the combatant commander
.
56
Finally, di
-
r
ectly subordinate commanders could only be assigned by the
services with the concurrence of the combatant commander,
who was also given the authority to evaluate and suspend
subor
dinate commanders.
57
These changes tilted the balance
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
19
of power towards the combatant commanders and away from
the services.
The legislation also considered the quality of joint person-
nel. The act describes the requirements for joint specialty offi-
cers (JSO), including education and joint assignments.
5
8
It re-
quires that 50 percent of joint duty assignments at the grade
of O-3 (captain) and above be filled by JSOs.
59
To address the
negative perceptions of career impacts, the act required that
the promotion rates of JSOs and officers currently or previ-
ously serving on the Joint Staff match the rate for officers of
their respective services’ headquarters staffs.
60
It also in-
creased the minimum duration of joint assignments and man-
dated that officers promoted to flag rank have served in at
least one joint duty assignment.
61
These changes increased
the likelihood that senior leaders would have broader, more
generalist perspectives than previously, when officers could
specialize within a service and have limited exposure to joint
operations and the perspectives of other services.
Legislative Effectiveness
Relatively few salient metrics exist to prove or disprove the
success of Goldwater
-Nichols in r
edressing the fundamental
imbalances in the DOD. One way to understand the impact of
Goldwater-Nichols is to examine military effectiveness in such
joint operations after the act took effect as Desert Storm (the
1991 Gulf War) and Allied For
ce (the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization [NATO] operation directed against Slobodan
Miloˇsevi´c and Yugoslavia). These operations and the degree to
which the forces operated in a joint manner in terms of uni-
fied command and discernible interoperability provide some
indications of the legislation’s ef
fectiveness.
As to the structure of the JCS, the quality of advice is, by
implication, a qualitative measure that depends in large part
on the relative confidence and satisfaction expressed by the
president and senior officials within the DOD.
62
Several recent
studies have examined the larger aspect of civilian-military re-
lationships since 1986; however, they provide less commen-
tary on the overall str
ength and quality of advice afforded to
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
20
civilian leaders.
6
3
Fortunately, more concrete data exist on the
overall effectiveness of increasing the promotion rates of mem-
bers of the Joint Staff, with the underlying implication of in-
creased quality of personnel.
The Effectiveness of Joint Action
It is difficult to compare the pre–Goldwater-Nichols military
operations discussed earlier with the much larger operations
that have occurred since.
64
The post–Goldwater-Nichols opera-
tions described below involved far greater numbers of forces
and resources. That these operations are generally considered
mor
e successful than their earlier counterparts suggests that
fundamental changes occurred since the legislation’s passage.
The primary causal factor for improved operations remains a
topic of debate, with some analysts suggesting advanced tech-
nology or the relative weakness of the opposing adversaries as
the primary factor contributing to success. However, another
factor was at work: more effective C
2
in joint operations. This
does not imply that problems with C
2
and interoperability had
disappeared; however, when compared with pre-reform opera-
tions, their impact appears to have been less pr
ofound.
Operation Desert Storm. Operation Desert Storm was the
first major conflict after the implementation of Goldwater-
Nichols and secured the role and power of the combatant com-
mander in executing military operations. Multiple levels of
analysis can be applied to Desert Storm, from the combatant
commander’s control of the operation, to interservice unity
and disunity of action, to the most basic level of interoperabil-
ity. At the strategic level, Gen H. Norman Schwarzkopf, the
combatant commander, was firmly in control of the operation
and exercised significant control of forces assigned, including
control of logistics. He also successfully rebuffed interference
fr
om the services.
65
For example, Schwarzkopf denied a Ma
-
rine request for an amphibious assault over the objections of
the Marine commandant, who tried to pursue the request
thr
ough the CJCS.
66
Likewise, joint considerations wer
e at
play in the modification of the air campaign. In this case, the
initial plan calling for predominantly strategic leadership at-
tacks against Iraqi political, economic, and C
2
tar
gets was later
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
21
counterbalanced by ground preferences for attacks against
Iraqi fielded forces. The result was a more balanced, phased
air campaign that was enormously successful in shortening
the ensuing ground campaign.
6
7
An examination of the air campaign provides the best in-
sight into interservice unity. The sheer number of aircraft in-
volved (1,600–1,800) and the complexity of the air campaign
(over 40,000 sorties) attest to the complexity of the opera-
tion.
68
Managing this complex operation was a joint force air
component commander (JFACC) who, unlike in previous com-
bat operations, was able to unify the vast majority of the air ef-
fort, with the notable exception being the Marines, who with
-
held approximately 50 percent of their F/A-18 aircraft to
support specific Marine operations.
69
The after-action report
to Congress found that the JFACC “secured unity of effort.”
The report also recommended that the JFACC be staffed by
members from all services.
70
An assessment of Desert Storm
lessons by the chairman of the House Armed Services Com-
mittee found that “combining r
esponsibility and unquestioned
authority in the [commander in chief] CINC—in this case as
delegated to his Joint For
ces Air Component Commander—for
planning and deployment of all theater aircraft optimized the
achievement of campaign objectives.”
71
While interservice unity improved greatly on the operational
front, planning was less unified, with the services dominating
planning for operations within their particular medium. The
Air Force controlled the initial planning of the air campaign,
which (as noted above) was eventually modified to accommo-
date the needs of the other services.
72
Also, contrary to the in-
tent of Goldwater-Nichols, an office at Air Force headquarters
developed the initial air plan rather than designated planning
elements within Central Command (CENTCOM).
73
In addition,
the other services complained of Air Force dominance in near-
term planning (operations to be conducted within 24 to 48
hours), particularly as it r
elated to the pr
osecution of specific
tar
gets.
74
On the gr
ound side, the Army relied initially on a
special team of planners to develop the concept of the ground
of
fensive strategy, excluding the other service component with
a significant r
ole in gr
ound operations—the Marines.
75
In both
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
22
the air and ground cases, initial planning was stovepiped and
relied upon ad hoc planning arrangements. Only later itera-
tions of the planning process included the views and require-
ments of the other services.
In the area of interoperability, control of the airspace was re-
markably effective, especially considering the numbers and mul-
tiple types of US and allied aircraft that supported operations. All
services shared a variety of space systems, including the newly
launched Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites, which made
important contributions to the war effort.
76
However, negative ex-
amples abound as well; for instance, the lack of adequate com-
munications between Air For
ce and Navy units necessitated that
the nightly air tasking order be flown to the carriers.
77
Tactical
communications were often “plagued by incompatibilities and
technical limitations.”
78
Finally, “stovepiped intelligence and
command information systems” were also prevalent and affected
support to tactical forces.
79
While these problems cannot be dis-
missed, some of them can be attributed to the long acquisition
and pr
ocurement timelines for many systems and the fact that
these legacy systems were often in the pipeline long before the
Goldwater
-Nichols refor
m.
Operation Allied Force. The DOD did not completely re-
solve the issues highlighted above in the years intervening be-
tween the end of Desert Storm and the onset of Allied Force
(Yugoslavia). Like Desert Storm, Allied Force was a joint and
combined operation; however
, the operation faced even more
political constraints because of NATO alliance concerns.
80
In
addition, the operation was predominantly an air war, with
land options not even considered at the time of the conflict. As
with any operation, postevent analysis identified problems.
Much of the criticism focused on the strategic limitations cre-
ated by US and allied leaders, including shifting political pri-
orities, explicit lack of a ground option, and charges of incre-
mentalism/creeping escalation.
81
Criticism of the military aspects of the operation found ar
eas
for impr
ovement, including evidence of service parochialism in
the choice of targets.
82
This is not entirely unexpected, as in most
major military campaigns each service has decided tar
geting
pr
efer
ences. Such evidence indicates that the specialist perspec
-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
23
tive had not been eliminated; however, this may never have been
the intention of the reformers. An examination of the targets ul-
timately chosen over the course of the operation reveals the in-
fluence of both Army and Air Force perspectives. In effect, the
views of one service did not predominate over those of the other,
as the reformers intended.
With regard to C
2
, one analysis found “problems . . . were
further aggravated by a confusing chain of command, unsuit-
able organizational structures, and a lack of staff integration
where it was needed most.”
83
Some of the problems resulted
from parallel chains of command: one for allied (NATO) opera-
tions and one for each participating allied country—but those
in the strictly US chain of command are harder to justify. Ac-
cording to some accounts, command relationships were estab-
lished outside of normal doctrine and assessments found
“command echelons being skipped or omitted entirely, and ei-
ther a duplication of effort or functions not being performed at
all, since one organization erroneously thought the other was
responsible for a particular task.”
84
The unanswer
ed question
is whether the operation succeeded in spite of poor C
2
relation-
ships or whether those r
elationships were not as untenable as
some critics suggest.
A RAND study faulted the lack of joint air-land planning and
the failure to integrate Army assets into the air campaign early
on; however, much of the criticism targets the civilian leader-
ship for taking gr
ound options off the table.
85
Inter
estingly, the
report also noted that even when a specific component option
is removed by civilian leaders (e.g., no ground troops), joint
planning can still benefit from a multiservice perspective, as
air operations planning did when they incorporated ground
expertise during the latter portions of the operation. In this
particular case, since a significant focus of the air war was on
enemy ground forces, the air planners would have benefited
from the earlier involvement of expert Army planners.
86
The
r
eport also noted that the JFC should str
ongly consider estab
-
lishing component commanders even when the component
has little or no immediate role in the operation.
87
Even with these dif
ficulties, the air campaign met its overall
objective of for
cing Slobodan Milo
ˇ
sevi
´
c to cede to allied de
-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
24
mands.
8
8
The air campaign required the coordination of over
250 US Air Force and Navy aircraft combined with aircraft
from 11 other countries.
8
9
A single commander was placed in
charge of air operations and the geographic combatant com-
mander, from USEUCOM, was clearly in charge of the overall
operation. Critiques of the operation, some more pointed than
others, do not change the fact that the air war met its objec-
tives, was far more centrally controlled than similar operations
prior to Goldwater-Nichols, and effectively coordinated the ac-
tivities of hundr
eds of US and allied aircraft.
Analysis. Examination of military operations since Goldwater-
Nichols still shows ample evidence of service parochialism,
continued difficulties with interoperability, and sometimes con-
tentious command relationships. It is important to note that im-
proved jointness does not necessarily equate to the lack of inter-
service rivalry or disputes. To the contrary, competing service
viewpoints may actually result in plans that are more balanced
and joint. The effectiveness of Goldwater-Nichols in addressing
C
2
issues at lower levels (particularly tactical) is less apparent.
The legislation appears to have solidified the supremacy of the
combatant commander, but to have had less success in institu-
tionalizing lower
-level command relationships. That these
lower-level command structures take on the character of the
combatant commander may not be entir
ely bad, as they allow
that commander to tailor C
2
structur
es best suited to conduct
-
ing tasked military operations.
However
, the general public clearly believes that military ef
-
ficacy has improved. A comparison of public perceptions of the
military in 2004 with those prior to Goldwater-Nichols (1982)
shows a 25 percent increase in the number of people who
think of military officers as having “great prestige,” with only
4 per
cent having a negative view of military pr
estige.
90
One as
-
pect of this incr
eased r
espect manifests itself as a belief in
gr
eater operational competence by the military. Goldwater
-
Nichols rightly deserves credit for some of the improved mili-
tary per
for
mance in the 1990s. While the act did not eliminate
the underlying tensions, it succeeded in r
ecalibrating them to
a degree and played an important role in the military’s success
in the conduct of major joint operations.
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
25
The Strength of Joint Advice
One of the criticisms of the DOD prior to reform was that the
services, unable to overcome parochialism, took a lowest com-
mon denominator approach to policy and budget recommenda-
tions. In essence, the effort to maintain consensus meant that
none of the services would challenge the others on major service
programs. On the positive side, the Joint Requirements Over-
sight Council (JROC), an outgrowth of the Goldwater-Nichols
Act, provides a mechanism to reduce this parochialism and has
achieved somewhat favorable results. Likewise, the reform leg-
islation led to a much greater scrutiny of joint programs and a
much gr
eater emphasis on interoperability. On the negative
side, the civilian leadership must still make some of the most
difficult and contr
oversial budgetary decisions. For example, the
SecDef, despite significant r
esistance from senior Army leader-
ship, ultimately canceled the Army’s Crusader artillery program.
If the hope was that the CJCS could establish joint priorities that
each of the services would support, such an objective has not
been realized.
91
This might indicate that the JCS remains re-
luctant to r
ecommend cancellation of major
, multibillion-dollar
service programs, preferring to leave this unpleasant task in the
hands of civilian leadership.
Evaluating the quality of military advice to the president
and secretary of defense is even more difficult.
92
Part of the
difficulty is that the nature of the advice often depends upon
the personal leadership styles and preferences of those receiv-
ing it.
93
In one administration, the president and secretary of
defense may want multiple options, while other administra-
tions may adopt a style that looks for a single, coordinated
viewpoint from the JCS. In addition, a fundamental dynamic
is at play in the tension between of
fering professional advice
based upon years of military service and accepting the out
-
come when civilian leaders choose not to accept that advice.
Senior military leaders are thus in the uncomfortable position
of both trying to pr
ovide the best possible military advice and
subor
dinating themselves and their actions to civilian rule,
leaving them to decide how hard to press civilian leaders to ac-
cept their r
ecommendations.
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
26
It is difficult to gauge whether military advice has improved
since Goldwater-Nichols.
94
Certainly there are several anecdotal
incidents of friction, including conflict between Chairman Powell
and SecDef Richard Cheney, disputes on military action in Ser-
bia, and more recent disputes between Army leadership and
the Office of the Secretary of Defense.
95
It would be almost im-
possible to ascertain whether Goldwater-Nichols exacerbated
these disagreements or whether such disputes are a natural
part of the national security decision-making process.
The Quality of Joint Personnel
Any evaluation of the overall quality of joint personnel de-
pends upon the measure of merit used. For example, do the
impr
oved promotion rates of joint personnel suggest that they
are better qualified than their predecessors before 1986, or is
some other measur
ement more relevant? The military promo-
tion system operates much like a meritocracy, suggesting that
indeed the best, most qualified personnel are promoted. If pro-
motion becomes the measur
e of quality, quantifiable infor
ma
-
tion is readily available to assess the promotion rates of joint
personnel and thus their overall quality.
One of the major requir
ements of the legislation was that of
-
ficers who served on the Joint Staff and JSOs be pr
omoted at
a rate equal to or above the rate of members serving in service
headquarter staffs, while officers serving in other joint posi-
tions be promoted at the same rate as service members in the
same grade.
96
The promotion rates indicate that the rates for
joint officers indeed often far exceed both the service averages
and the service headquarters rates.
97
The exception is for offi-
cers serving in non-JSO/Joint Staff positions, whose promo-
tion rates routinely fall slightly below the overall service pro-
motion rates. In terms of length of tour (a metric that can
indicate the experience level on a staff), general officers were
serving an average of 28.8 months, while field-grade officers
served an average of 38.8 months.
98
Both of these time frames
exceed the mandated requirement of 24 months for general of-
ficers and 36 months for field-grade officers.
99
Congr
ess also mandated that the services cr
eate critical
joint duty positions (curr
ently 800 total) where joint experi-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
27
ence and training in joint matters are essential and fill these
positions with JSOs.
100
Yet currently only 47 percent of these
positions are filled by JSOs—far below the mandated 100 per-
cent.
101
In fact, this represents a downward trend since 1994,
with fewer and fewer critical positions being filled by JSOs.
102
There are multiple reasons for this gap. First, in many in-
stances a combatant command creates joint critical positions
that have special skill requirements. In those instances, the
combatant command may pr
efer an individual with the neces-
sary skill set instead of a JSO who lacks the r
equired skills.
Second, many individuals serving in JSO positions have met
joint duty assignment requirements but failed to complete re-
quired joint professional military education (JPME) training.
For instance, some individuals have served multiple joint
tours but for various reasons have never been able to attend
the JPME training and thus are not, technically, JSOs; how-
ever, such individuals are undoubtedly quite familiar with
joint procedures and operations. Third, another aspect of the
act—the requirement for general officers to have served in a
joint duty position—serves as a disincentive to fill a critical po-
sition with an officer who already has joint credit. Instead, the
inclination is to fill the position with an officer still in need of
joint cr
edit to allow that officer to be eligible for general of
ficer
rank.
103
Congr
ess’s intent to have critical positions filled by
the most highly qualified joint officers appears to remain un-
fulfilled; however
, if one assumes that longer tour lengths, on
average, equate to greater experience and quality, then this
aspect of the program appears to be working.
The legislation describing joint officer management policies is
both the most detailed and most controversial, as it had a direct
impact on the services’ pr
omotion policies and ef
fectively si-
phoned of
f the most talented service members to joint positions
for extended periods.
104
In fact, this ar
ea of the legislation saw
several modifications in subsequent years, including the al
-
lowance for waivers to moderate the impact on the services. How
-
ever, even given the controversy and necessary adjustments, the
legislation did in fact positively alter the composition of the Joint
Staf
f and other joint or
ganizations and, with the exception of fill
-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
28
ing of critical joint duty positions by JSOs, appears to have met
Congress’s intent to a large extent.
The Success of Goldwater-Nichols
By most accounts Goldwater-Nichols has successfully
achieved its fundamental objectives. Reviewing Congress’s
stated objectives that have some commonality with intelli-
gence reform provides a basis for analysis. The third and
fourth objectives focused on establishing “clear responsibility”
for the combatant commanders and ensuring they had the
proper authority to carry out their responsibilities. In this
case, the act has clearly been successful. In all major opera-
tions since the act, the combatant commander has been in
firm contr
ol, the services have supported the effort without
undue influence on the operations, and the operations have
been decidedly more joint and effective than those pre-1986.
This is not to suggest that interservice rivalry and interoper-
ability issues are fully resolved.
105
Rather, the balance of
power has shifted more to the combatant commanders and
away from the services, just as the act intended.
Improving the quality of the Joint Staff and personnel filling
other joint positions, the seventh objective, is a r
esounding
success story. Promotion rates are close to Congress’s original
intent, and the services’ disgruntlement with the mandates as
affecting the quality of officers available to support service re-
quirements illustrate that high-quality of
ficers are indeed fill
-
ing joint positions. The requirement for general officers to
serve in joint positions prior to promotion has also had the
positive effect of ensuring a broader perspective for each ser-
vice’s most senior military offices.
The act also seems to have attained its final objective of en
-
hancing the effectiveness of military operations. Certainly, other
factors contributed to operational successes in the 1990s and
the early years of the twenty-first century, such as technologi-
cal advances (e.g., precision weaponry and stealth); improved
command, control, and communications (C
3
) systems; and the
relatively poor quality of opposing forces. However, the success-
ful command and contr
ol of these large undertakings should
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
29
not be minimized and suggests that jointness is a far more per-
vasive concept and operating characteristic than it was before
Goldwater-Nichols.
Taken in its totality, the Goldwater-Nichols Act successfully
adjusted various tensions, moving the DOD to a more central-
ized and generalist orientation. The CJCS and the combatant
commanders consolidated power, and the combined views of
the services began to prevail over service-specific approaches.
However, the legislation did not remove the underlying ten-
sions. Some would argue that reforms have not gone far enough,
while others argue that certain elements of the legislation have
pushed the balances too far in favor of jointness. Furthermore,
certain goals, such as improving the quality of joint personnel,
were much more amenable to legislative changes than such
others as the mor
e nebulous objective of improving the qual-
ity of advice. With those reservations understood, the success
of the act suggests that in some cases legislatively mandated
structural changes can have positive intended effects on large
bureaucracies; however, they probably do not address all the
issues with equal effectiveness. Understanding where struc-
tural change is appropriate then becomes a determining fac-
tor in overall legislative success.
Notes
1. Thomas Kean, Testimony to the House Permanent Select Committee on
Intelligence
, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 11 August 2004. “We consciously and
deliberately draw on the military example, the Goldwater-Nichols model. We
can and should learn, because that was a very successful reform in the mili-
tary two decades ago.” See also “Restructuring, From the Top . . . ,”
Wash-
ington Post
, 1 August 2004, B1, B4–B5, which details the views of seven for-
mer government of
ficials on the 9/11 r
ecommendations for intelligence.
John Deutch, former CIA director, cites Goldwater-Nichols as an “interest-
ing, though imperfect, model for centralizing the intelligence community,”
and Robert McFarlane, for
mer national security advisor, states that the
“military’s unified command structure . . . is a sound model for the new di
-
r
ector’s [of national intelligence] of
fice.”
2. US Congress, Senate,
Report of the Committee on Governmental Affairs,
United States Senate to Accompany S. 2840
, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 2004, S.
Report 359. The report examines the Goldwater-Nichols Act from the prob-
lems, to the act itself, to the ef
fects of the legislation and states, “The notion
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
30
o
f ‘Goldwater-Nichols for the Intelligence Community’ has been a recurring
metaphor for intelligence reform since even before 9/11.”
3. 9/11 Report, 403 (see chap. 1, n. 3). The most direct correlations with
Goldwater-Nichols are recommendations to establish a “civilian-led unified
joint command for counterterrorism” and the need to centralize control and
authority under a national intelligence director, 411. See also comments by
Philip Zelikow, 9/11 Commission staff executive director, who stated, “The
national counter terrorism center is part of a Goldwater-Nichols concept for
the intelligence community. . . . This is a conception of that [unified com-
mands within the DOD] for the intelligence community, with joint mission
centers bringing people from different disciplines and agencies together
against common targets, supported by those home agencies like CIA and
DIA.” “Prospects for Change,”
NewsHour with Jim Lehrer, 23 July 2004,
http://www.pbs.org/newshour/bb/terrorism/july-dec04/commission_7-
23.html.
4. Gordon N. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff: The
Goldwater-Nichols Act of 1986
(Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1999).
5. Ibid., 2.
6. Ibid., 2–4. Lederman argues that the military model is pluralistic, simi-
lar to other US democratic institutions, and that there are advocates on com-
peting ends of each tension helping to provide decision makers with the broad-
est range of perspectives.
7. 9/11 Report, 408 for structural barriers, 409 for dual-hatting.
8. Operation Eagle Claw was the name chosen for the entire rescue opera-
tion. Desert One was the rendezvous location for the first phase of the opera-
tion. Many discussions of the failed rescue use both names interchangeably.
For a viewpoint on change from within the hierarchy as expressed by the sit-
ting chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, see David C. Jones, “Why the Joint
Chiefs of Staff Must Change,”
Armed Forces Journal International 199, no. 7
(March 1982): 69–71.
9. James R. Locher,
Victory on the Potomac: The Goldwater-Nichols Act Uni-
fies the Pentagon
(College Station, Tex.: Texas A&M University Press, 2002).
Locher, as the primary Senate staffer working the effort, had a particularly in-
timate view of events and provides a comprehensive review of the events lead-
ing up to and surrounding the passage of the Goldwater-Nichols Act. Leder-
man,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, provides a scholarly review,
including the inherent tensions in the American military organization, an
analysis of the reorganization process, and a review of the military after the
act’s passage. An evaluation of the legislation’s impact can be found in Paul
M. Besson,
The Goldwater-Nichols Act: A T
en-Year Report Car
d
, P-98-2 (Cam-
bridge, Mass.: Harvar
d University Program on Information Resources Policy,
June 1998), http://www.pirp.harvard.edu/publications/pdf-blurb.asp?id=380
(accessed 18 October 2004).
10. Joint Publication 1-02,
DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated
Terms
, http://www.dtic.mil/doctrine/jel/doddict/data/j/index.html (accessed
18 October 2004).
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
31
1
1. Ibid. The full definition of
u
nified action
i
s “A broad generic term that
describes the wide scope of actions (including the synchronization of activi-
ties with governmental and nongovernmental agencies) taking place within
unified commands, subordinate unified commands, or joint task forces
under the overall direction of the commanders of those commands.”
12. Department of Defense,
Rescue Mission Report (Washington, D.C.:
GPO, 23 August 1980), 4.
13. Ibid., 16.
14. John E. Valliere, “Disaster at Desert One: Catalyst for Change,”
Pa-
rameters
22, no. 3 (Autumn 1992): 77.
15. See US House, Committee on Armed Services,
Adequacy of U.S. Ma-
rine Corps Security in Beirut: Summary Findings and Conclusion of the Inves-
tigations Subcommittee
, 98th Cong., 1st sess., committee print no. IIA, 19
December 1983, 1. The first line of the summary document states, “There
were inadequate security measures to protect the Marine Unit from the full
spectrum of threats.”
16. Joint Publication 3-0,
Doctrine for Joint Operations, 10 September
2001, A-2.
17. US House, Committee on Armed Services,
Adequacy of U.S. Marine
Corps Security in Beirut: Report Together with Additional and Dissenting
Views of the Investigations Subcommittee
, 98th Cong., 1st sess., committee
print no. II, 19 December 1983, 43–54.
18. Ibid., 47.
19. Richard A. Gabriel,
Military Incompetence: Why the American Military
Doesn’t Win
(New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1985), 138.
20. See also, John H. Cushman,
Command and Control of Theater Forces:
Adequacy
(Washington D.C.: AFCEA International Press, 1985), 78. After re-
tiring, General Cushman wrote further on the subject of command and con-
trol of forces and reiterated the problems with limited authority. For ex-
ample, in describing the system circa 1983 he stated, “most commands are
extraordinarily complex arrangements, their charters laced with intricate
definitions of authority. And [Unified Actions Armed Forces] UNAFF . . . sub-
stantially limits the authorities of the unified commander, and is careful to
prescribe in detail the authorities retained by his Service subordinates in
peace and war.” See also Locher,
Victory on the Potomac, 157.
21. Locher,
Victory on the Potomac, 209.
22. Archie D. Barrett,
Reappraising Defense Organization: An Analysis on
the Defense Organization Study of 1977–1980
(Washington, D.C.: National
Defense University Press, 1983), 53.
23. Locher
,
V
ictory on the Potomac
, 135.
24.
Ibid., 309.
25. Besson,
The Goldwater-Nichols Act, 19.
26.
Ronald H. Cole,
Operation Ur
gent Fury: The Planning and Execution of
Joint Operations in Grenada
(Washington, D.C.: Joint History Office of the
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 1997), 67.
27. Locher,
Victory on the Potomac, 156.
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
32
2
8. Joint Publication 0-2,
U
nified Action Armed Forces,
1
0 July 2001), I-5.
29. Quoted in Locher,
Victory on the Potomac, 133.
30. Jones, “Why the Joint Chiefs of Staff Must Change,” 65, 72.
31. Ibid., 62.
32. Edward C. Meyer, “The JCS—How Much Reform Is Needed?”
Armed
Forces Journal International
199, no. 8 (April 1982): 89.
33. Jones, “Why the Joint Chiefs of Staff Must Change,” 66.
34. Ibid., 66, 72.
35. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 36.
36. Meyer, “The JCS,” 85.
37. Barrett,
Reappraising Defense Organization, 36.
38. Jones, “Why the Joint Chiefs of Staff Must Change,” 68.
39. Meyer, “The JCS,” 85.
40. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 34.
41. Ibid., 35.
42. Ibid.
43. Jones, “Why the Joint Chiefs of Staff Must Change,” 68.
44. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 42.
45. Ibid., 42.
46. Barrett,
Reappraising Defense Organization, 55.
47. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 43.
48. Locher,
Victory on the Potomac, 209.
49. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 43.
50.
Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1986, Public Law 99-
433, 99th Cong., 2d sess. (1986), sec 3.
51. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 77.
52. Ibid., 77–78. Note that 400 and 1,627 refer to the numbers of Joint
Staff personnel authorized by Congress. In actuality, additional personnel
supported the Joint Staff pre–Goldwater-Nichols although they were techni-
cally filling positions in other organizations.
53. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 79.
54. Ibid., 80.
55.
Department of Defense Reorganization Act, sec. 164(c)(3).
56. Ibid., sec. 164(d)(1).
57. Ibid., sec. 164(e)(1)(A) and sec. 164 (e)(3)(A).
58.
JSO is “a term for officers who are particularly trained in and oriented
towards joint policy and procedures. In order to be eligible to become a JSO,
an of
ficer must have completed both Phase I and Phase II of the JPME [joint
professional military education] program and then complete a full Joint Duty
Assignment (JDA), usually in that order.”
Joint Officer Management,
http://www.afpc.randolph.af.mil/jom/Pages/FAQ.html (accessed 9 April
2005).
59.
Department of Defense Reorganization Act, sec. 661(d).
60.
Leder
man,
Reor
ganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staf
f
, 82.
61.
Ibid., 83.
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
33
6
2. For a decidedly more negative assessment of the success of Goldwater-
Nichols, see Frank Hoffman, “Goldwater-Nichols after a Decade,” in Murray
Williamson, ed.,
The Emerging Strategic Environment (New York: Praeger,
1999), 156–82.
63. Peter D. Feaver and Richard H. Kohn, “The Gap,”
National Interest,
no. 61 (Fall 2000): 34–5. The article cites the growing politicization of the
military as potentially contributing to less trust in uniformed advice. The ar-
ticle also cites a potential trend in how advice is provided, “Contrary to the
traditional understanding of civilian control, a majority of elite military offi-
cers today believes that it is proper for the military to insist rather than
merely to advise.” See also, Peter D. Feaver and Richard H. Kohn, eds.,
Sol-
diers and Civilians: The Civil-Military Gap and American National Security
(Cambridge: MIT Press, 2001); and Eliot A. Cohen, Supreme Command (New
York: Anchor Books, 2002).
64. See Hoffman, “Goldwater-Nichols after a Decade,” for a discussion of
Operation Just Cause, the military action to remove Manuel Noriega from
Panama, and operations in Somalia. Hoffman suggests that operations in
both Panama and Somalia were little better than those prior to Goldwater-
Nichols passage.
65. See Michael R. Gordon and Bernard E. Trainor, The Generals’ War:
The Inside Story of the Conflict in the Gulf
(Boston: Little Brown and Com-
pany, 1995). The general’s power is described in the epilogue to the book,
noting that even the service chiefs could not visit without his permission,
471. See also Les Aspin and Bill Dickinson,
Defense for a New Era: Lessons
of the Persian Gulf War
(McLean, Va.: Brassey’s, 1992), 43.
66. Katherine Boo, “How Congress Won the War in the Gulf,”
Washington
Monthly
23, no. 10 (October 1991). As one defense official described it, “This
is the first time since 1945 that a military commander had the power to re-
sist the Marines’ desire for an amphibious assault.” See also Aspin and
Dickinson,
Defense for a New Era, 43.
67. Thomas A. Keaney and Eliot A. Cohen,
Gulf War Air Power Survey
Summary Report
(hereafter referred to as GWAPS) (Washington, D.C.: GPO,
1993), 38. The original Instant Thunder plan remained largely intact for the
first phase of the operation; however, the following phases broadened target-
ing efforts. Phase II focused on gaining air superiority over Kuwait, Phase III
focused on attrition of Iraqi ground forces, and Phase IV was support to a
ground attack into Kuwait.
68. US General Accounting Office,
Operation Desert Storm: Evaluation of
the Air Campaign
, NSIAD-97-134 (Washington, D.C.: GAO, 1997), 14, uses
the “over 1600” figure while the
GWAPS, 7, reports “nearly 1800.”
69.
For example, in Vietnam air operations had as many as four separate
air chains of command. In addition, the country was broken into six sepa-
rate r
outes with various services and command or
ganizations assigned to
specific routes. No single joint commander planned and executed the air ef-
fort. See Aspin and Dickinson,
Defense for a New Era, 8, and Lederman, Re-
organizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff
, 103.
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
34
7
0. Department of Defense,
C
onduct of the Persian Gulf War: Final Report
to Congress
(Washington, D.C.: Department of Defense, 1991), 119–20.
71. Aspin and Dickinson,
Defense for a New Era, 10.
72. Initial planning associated with Instant Thunder was accomplished
by the USAF Checkmate office in the Pentagon. After General Powell, CJCS,
was briefed on the plan, he directed the effort be expanded to include rep-
resentatives from all the services. Gordon and Trainor,
The Generals’ War,
84. Later, the JFACC assumed control of the planning under the auspices of
the Special Planning Group or “Black Hole,” which included representatives
from all services; however, the Air Force still predominated,
GWAPS, 38.
73. Gordon and Trainor,
The Generals’ War, 76, 77. This seeming viola-
tion of intent is somewhat mitigated, however, because the request for Air
Force assistance came from the CENTCOM commander rather than having
the plan thrust on the unified commander by the service. In addition, the
initial plan only served as a template, with the remaining planning being ac-
complished by the JFACC’s designated planning cell.
74. Aspin and Dickinson,
Defense for a New Era, 9.
75. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 100. Initial planning
of the ground campaign was conducted by a team of four Army officers re-
ferred to as the
Jedi Knights.
76. Desert Storm marked the first use of the GPS satellites. See Aspin
and Dickinson,
Defense for a New Era, 21.
77. Ibid., 24.
78. Ibid., 23.
79. Peter C. Reddy, “Joint Interoperability: Fog or Lens for Joint Vision
2010?” (Maxwell AFB, Ala.: Air Command and Staff College, March 1997), 13.
80. The concept of
combined operations is differentiated from joint opera-
tions to mean operations involving “forces or agencies of two or more allies,”
Joint Publication 1-02,
DOD Dictionary. Joint operations involve operations
from two or more military departments. See also Paul E. Gallis, “Kosovo:
Lessons Learned from Allied Force,” CRS-4 (Washington, D.C.: Congres-
sional Research Service (CRS), 19 November 1999). Gallis states, “From the
outset, Operation Allied Force was a unique type of operation, and not
guided by normal military doctrine. There appears to have been no confu-
sion on military objectives among NATO military forces. The significant dif-
ferences in perspective were rather on the national political level, where
short-term military objectives were affected by political adjustments in tar-
get lists, str
ong aversion to casualties on either side of the conflict, and con-
cerns over domestic public reactions.”
81. Benjamin S. Lambeth, “Lessons from the War in Kosovo,”
Joint
Forces Quarterly
, Spring 2002, 13, 15.
82. Ibid., 16. In this case, SACEUR, Army general Wesley Clark, argued
for more attacks against fielded forces while the combined force air compo-
nent commander
, Air For
ce lieutenant general Michael Short, ar
gued for
mor
e strategic and infrastructure attacks such as those directed against
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
35
Miloˇsevi´c, his C
2
apparatus, military and police headquarters, and electric
p
ower grids.
83. Benjamin S. Lambeth,
Nato’s Air War for Kosovo: A Strategic and
Operational Assessment
(Santa Monica, Calif.: RAND Corporation, 1999),
207, http://www.rand.org/publications/MR/MR1365/ (accessed 19 Oc-
tober 2004).
84. Ibid., 210.
85. Bruce R. Nardulli et al.,
Disjointed War: Military Operations in Kosovo
(Santa Monica, Calif.: RAND Corporation, 1999), 7, http://www.rand.org/pub-
lications/MR/ MR1406/ (accessed 19 October 2004).
86. Ibid., 113.
87. The JFC in this case, Admiral Ellis, supported this view, stating, “The
lack of a Land Component Commander was doctrinally flawed and opera-
tionally dangerous. . . . The JFC was left without valuable expertise on the
land component aspect (e.g., training, qualifications, contingency, opera-
tions, logistics, force protection, etc.). It also increased confusion by compli-
cating planning and impeding an efficient operational chain of command.”
See Nardulli et al.,
Disjointed War, 114.
88. Whether air operations were solely responsible is open to debate.
See, for example, Gallis, “Kosovo: Lessons Learned from Allied Force.” Gal-
lis points to the ambiguity, stating, “Why Miloˇsevi´c decided to accept NATO
terms and withdraw his forces remains unclear. Damage caused by NATO
bombing, sustained allied unity, possible allied planning for a ground war,
a desire to preserve his forces, and desertion of Russia as a possible protec-
tor were likely principal reasons.”
89. Lambeth,
Nato’s Air War for Kosovo, 20.
90. Harris Poll 51, 6 September 2000, http://www.harrisinteractive.com/
harris_poll/index.asp?PID=494 (accessed 25 October 2004), table 1. In 1982
only 22 percent viewed the profession of military officers as very prestigious
versus 47 percent in 2004. According to the poll, “Prestige is strongly asso-
ciated with respect, public service and good work.”
91. The decision to cut the Crusader system was highly contentious,
with the Army lobbying Congress even after the DOD leadership had
reached a decision to cancel the program. See James Dao, “Rumsfeld Sets
up Showdown over Weapon,”
New York Times, 9 May 2002, A-28. “Though
Army officials waged a lobbying campaign on Capitol Hill last week to pro-
mote the Crusader after wor
d of Mr. Rumsfeld’s plans first surfaced, the
Army secretary, Thomas E. White, said today that he would work hard to
support the decision.” The amount of JCS involvement in the final decision
and their overall recommendation is unclear; however, Secretary Rumsfeld
alludes that senior military leaders were actively involved in the decision.
See Donald Rumsfeld, “A Choice to Transform the Military,”
Washington
Post
, 16 May 2002, A25. “The decision to recommend termination of the
Crusader pr
ogram was r
eached after many months of car
eful r
eview, wide-
ranging discussion and in-depth planning and analysis. This was a review
not just of the Crusader program but also of future capabilities, of the strat-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
36
e
gy to guide U.S. and of a framework for assessing and balancing risks. The
senior uniformed and civilian leaders of the Defense Department spent
countless hours discussing these matters in a process that started well be-
fore Sept. 11.”
92. The National Command Authorities consist of the secretary of de-
fense and the president.
93. See, for example, Cohen,
Supreme Command, 214–15. Within the larger
text, Cohen explores how four different leaders—Lincoln, Churchill,
Clemenceau, and Ben-Gurion—approached the task of leading major war ef-
forts. Cohen goes on to offer a somewhat variant take on the “normal” theory
of civil-military relations and describes how each of the leaders interacted with
and received advice from senior military officials. Chapter 7, “The Unequal
Dialogue,” provides an excellent summary of his analysis. See also Hoffman,
“Goldwater-Nichols after a Decade,” 163–66. The author suggests that military
advice since Goldwater-Nichols has been poor, aiming most of his criticism at
then-CJCS Colin Powell. Hoffman suggests that advice from a single source
(Powell) is not always superior to that originating from multiple sources and
viewpoints; however, Hoffman does not explain why the other service chiefs did
not express dissenting views, as is their right under Goldwater-Nichols, if they
believed that Powell’s military advice was clearly wrong.
94. Peter J. Roman and David W. Tarr, “The Joint Chiefs of Staff: From
Service Parochialism to Jointness,”
Political Science Quarterly, 113, no. 1
(Spring 1998): 109. The authors suggest that civilian decision makers believe
“that the military now provides higher quality and more timely advice as a re-
sult of the Goldwater-Nichols reforms.” Unfortunately, the authors do not
identify which civilian leaders they interviewed and whether these civilian
leaders had received military advice prior to Goldwater-Nichols passage to pro-
vide a basis for comparison.
95. For a brief description of the Cheney/Powell conflict see Cohen,
Supreme Command, 190. “As Powell himself indicates in his memoirs, it took
a sharp rebuke by Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney to remind him that he
was supposed to execute policy, not make it.” See also Steven Lee Myers and
Eric Schmitt, “War’s Contract Creates Tension among Chiefs,”
New York
Times,
30 May 1999, P1. In Serbia, the larger dispute was between the com-
batant commander, Gen Wesley Clark, and the Clinton administration. In
addition, see Steven Lee Myers, “U.S. Military Chiefs Firm: No Ground Force
for Kosovo,”
New York Times, 3 June 1999, A16. Myers states, “From the
start, the chiefs have expressed reservations about NATO’s strategy and ever
deeper misgivings about the prospects of an invasion.” Other accounts can
be found in Bradley Graham “White-Rumsfeld Dispute, Round 2; Ex-Army
Secr
etary Fires Back on Iraq,”
W
ashington Post
, 19 September 2003, Friday,
Final Edition, A23; and Jonathan Weisman, “Rumsfeld and Myers Defend
W
ar Plan,”
W
ashington Post
, 2 April 2003, Final Edition, A19. “Flar
e-ups
include [SecDef] Rumsfeld’s selection of a successor to Army Chief of Staff
Gen. Eric K. Shinseki more than a year before Shinseki’s planned retirement,
the secretary’s abrupt cancellation of the Army’s Crusader self-propelled ar-
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
37
t
illery gun and, weeks ago, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul D. Wolfowitz’s
public dispute with Shinseki over the size of a force needed to occupy Iraq
once hostilities cease.”
96.
Department of Defense Reorganization Act, sec. 662(a)(1)-(3).
97. Department of Defense, “2003 Secretary of Defense Annual Report to
the President and the Congress” (hereafter cited as ADR), 194–97,
http://www.defenselink.mil/execsec/adr2003/adr2003_toc.html (accessed
25 October 2004).
98. ADR, 189.
99.
Department of Defense Reorganization Act, sec. 663, (a)(1)-(2).
100. Ibid., sec. 663 (d)(2)(A)-(B).
101. ADR, 190. Also, James Locher, interviewed by the author, 2 February
2005. In contrast to the possible reasons for the gap, Locher believes the
services continue to leave too many JSO positions unfilled and have not fully
supported the full intent of this aspect of Goldwater-Nichols.
102. Dr. Paul Herbert and Mr. Stuart Wilson, associates, Booz Allen
Hamilton,
Testimony before the Subcommittee on Total Force, House Armed
Services Committee, United States House of Representatives
, 19 March 2003,
http://www.house.gov/hasc/openingstatementsandpressreleases/108thco
ngress/03-03-19herbert.html#_ftnref20 (accessed 31 March 2005). The
DOD contracted Booz Allen Hamilton to perform an independent study of
“Joint Officer Management and Joint Professional Military Education” in
September 2002. The testimony by Herbert and Wilson highlighted the re-
sults of the study.
103. Ibid.
104. Lederman,
Reorganizing the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 107–8.
105. In fact, there are legitimate reasons for not wanting to completely
rid the DOD of such rivalry, particularly when it can spur innovation. For a
brief description of this and other advantages of interservice competition,
see Harvey M. Sapolsky, “Interservice Competition: The Solution, Not the
Problem,”
Joint Forces Quarterly, Spring 1997, 50–53.
GOLDWATER-NICHOLS AS A MODEL FOR IR
38
Chapter 3
Reforming Intelligence:
A 50-Year Effort
Within our generation and for our protection, organized In-
telligence has been forced upon us by the rapidly shrinking
world of electronics, nuclear weapons and planes which
travel at supersonic speed.
—Task Force on the Organization of
Intelligence Activities, 1955
While the context of the thr
eats described in the epigraph
above has changed, the need for organized intelligence remains.
In many respects, the emergence of multiple transnational ad
-
versaries, coupled with continuing threats from nation-states
and the resultant intelligence needs of policy makers, has
placed even greater demands on the US intelligence system.
As the international environment has changed over the last
50-plus years, the IC has also evolved. The extent of this evo-
lution and its suitability to meet the current and projected
challenges ar
e less clear. However, at its core the IC remains
an interagency construct gover
ned mor
e by consensus than
by administrative fiat, and this r
eality has significant implica-
tions for how the IC is dir
ected and how it acts.
1
An ongoing
debate has ensued that has offered many opportunities to ex-
amine the IC, assess its suitability, and recommend alter-
ations in its structure and focus. These assessments, often
performed by congressional or presidential commissions or
studies, ar
e the subject of this chapter
.
The IC has certainly not escaped outside scrutiny. Initia
-
tives to improve or restructure the IC or individual agencies
have existed almost as long as the IC itself. A series of Con
-
gressional Research Service (CRS) reports documents several
major efforts to examine the IC; another account indicates
that 16 federal studies and commissions have addressed the
subject of intelligence since 1991 alone.
2
The r
eal question is
39
whether this scrutiny resulted in fundamental change since
1947 or whether change has been marginal at best.
The IC has changed considerably from its rather humble ori-
gins in 1947. To be sure, the basic structural framework re-
mains the same; however, the IC has grown dramatically in
terms of the absolute number of organizations and personnel
and the resources applied to the intelligence effort. Much of
this change occurred without legislation; in fact, Congress en-
acted little significant intelligence reform legislation prior to
2004. The executive branch has been far more active, estab-
lishing new intelligence agencies, dramatically increasing the
size of the IC in ter
ms of resources, and issuing multiple execu-
tive orders. Still, despite the relative lack of substantive legis-
lation since 1947, the threat of congressional action has, in
some cases, impelled the executive branch to make desired
changes through internal restructuring, management initiatives,
or the issuance of new executive orders.
Most reform efforts have focused on one of two distinct
ar
eas: the operations of the CIA and/or the management of the
IC. Those efforts focused on the IC have examined a variety of
community management issues, thr
ee of which are salient to
the most recent reform efforts. The first concerns the repeated
recommendations to further centralize the IC to impr
ove coor-
dination and reduce duplication among the multiple organiza-
tions within the IC. Tightly coupled to this is a second area of
commonality—the need to incr
ease the director of central intel-
ligence’s (DCI) control over the IC. This issue has both a dual-
hatting aspect, since the DCI also serves as the director of CIA,
and an authority aspect. Thus there were repeated calls to in-
crease the DCI’s authority to better manage the IC. The third
topic is analysis, including methods to improve analytic prod-
ucts for the policy maker, the proper relationship between the
policy maker and analytic community, and the role of analysis
organizations within the separate departments.
The following discussion centers on those elements of past
r
eforms that have examined the IC as a whole rather than the
conduct or operations of individual agencies.
3
Appendix B
summarizes these r
eform efforts, while appendix C highlights
several of the milestones in the IC’s evolution.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
40
IC Origins: The National
Security Act of 1947
The modern-day IC and the DOD share a common legisla-
tive ancestor: the National Security Act of 1947. As the legisla-
tion that lays the foundation of the modern IC, the act is no-
table more for what it does not specify than for what it does.
In a little more than one-and-a-half pages, the act established
the CIA and defined its chief functions. The CIA effectively
subsumed the functions of what at the time was the Central
Intelligence Group, and it was placed under the newly formed
National Security Council (NSC).
4
The primary duties of the
CIA were to advise the NSC on intelligence matters and to “cor-
relate and evaluate intelligence relating to national security”
from the intelligence departments.
5
The act granted the CIA
authority to receive all national-security-related intelligence
fr
om the departments.
Despite assigning the central role in correlating national se-
curity intelligence to the CIA, and more specifically to the DCI,
the act confir
med the authority of the other departments to
continue to “collect, evaluate, correlate, and disseminate de-
partmental intelligence.”
6
Thus the legislation paid obvious
deference to the need for each of the departments with intelli-
gence organizations to maintain its organic capabilities and
use them for specific departmental requirements.
Early Studies of the IC
As would be expected after a major legislative change to or-
ganizations, the transition to the new IC structure involved
controversy and uncertainty as to the roles and missions of
various organizations. The newly formed CIA in particular had
to struggle with its r
oles.
One particularly difficult issue was how to obtain the neces-
sary cooperation fr
om the Departments of Defense and State
without any formal line or budgetary authority over the intel-
ligence organizations within those departments. The role of
the CIA in operational activities was also unclear. This ambi-
guity led to a study of the CIA soon after its formation.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
41
Intelligence Survey Group (Dulles-Jackson-Correa
Report)
In 1948 the fledgling NSC commissioned a study of the CIA.
Much of the study, known as the Dulles-Jackson-Correa report,
focused on the CIA’s effectiveness in carrying out the tasks spec-
ified in the National Security Act—specifically, the coordination
of intelligence activities and the production of national intelli-
gence.
7
The report found the “CIA was not coordinating intelli-
gence activities in the Government; the correlation and evalua-
tion functions were not well organized, and other members of the
fledgling IC were not fully included in the estimates process.”
8
The report faulted the CIA and its leadership on the quality of its
intelligence estimates, citing the CIA’s “failure to take charge of
the production of coordinated national estimates.”
9
To address
problems with intelligence estimates, the report suggested mak-
ing stronger use of the existing Intelligence Advisory Committee,
creating an Estimates Division within the CIA, and ensuring full
involvement of participating intelligence agencies.
10
The report
found that “jurisdictional conflicts and duplication which the Na
-
tional Security Act was intended to eliminate” still r
emained.
11
Less clear was how the CIA was to coordinate more effec-
tively the activities of the IC. Possibly presaging the need for a
version of today’s Community Management Staff, the report
recommended the reconstitution and str
engthening of a previ-
ous staff function, the Interdepartmental Coordinating and
Planning Staf
f. However
, it also found that such coordination
could best be achieved through “mutual agreement” and the
“right measure of leadership.”
12
The Dulles-Jackson-Correa
report thus began a 50-plus-year debate as to whether effec-
tive coordination required greater DCI authority or simply the
proper execution of authority already provided. The report
clearly pr
esumed the latter would suf
fice.
13
The First Hoover Commission
During the same year, the overall efficacy of the entire execu-
tive branch of government was under review by the Commis-
sion on Organization of the Executive Branch of the Govern-
ment, which came to be known as the Hoover Commission.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
42
The commission completed its exceptionally broad assessment
of the entire government in 1949. While the review covered the
CIA, the analysis of the agency was less substantive in com-
parison to other aspects of the commission’s review. The
Hoover Commission was composed of various task forces as-
signed to examine various aspects of the government.
Ferdinand Eberstadt (who had performed an earlier review of
the Central Intelligence Group) led the task force on National
Security Organization that reviewed the intelligence commu-
nity as part of its examination of the entire national security
system as then configured. Although broad, the study included
several notable findings. The task force’s report, perhaps pre-
saging a central theme in intelligence reviews, found “disturb-
ing inadequacies in our intelligence system,” referring to a mis-
taken intelligence estimate in 1948.
14
The report recommended
that a board focused exclusively on intelligence evaluation be
created within the CIA and that the CIA establish better rela-
tions with the other intelligence organizations upon which it
depended for actual intelligence.
15
The report also made the
first case for greater centralization of intelligence, stating that,
“T
oo many disparate intelligence estimates have been made by
the individual departmental intelligence services; that these
separate estimates have often been subjective and biased, . . .
and that a more comprehensive collection system, better coor-
dination and more mature and experienced evaluation are im-
perative.”
16
Finally, the task force shed light on the root of a
problem that would become a common theme in future reviews
and reform efforts: the lack of support from other intelligence
agencies was negatively affecting the CIA’s ability to provide
sound, comprehensive intelligence estimates. Although Con-
gress took no action on the r
eports of either the Intelligence
Survey Group or the First Hoover Commission, the incoming
DCI, Gen Walter Bedell Smith, created a Board of National Es-
timates to r
eview and pr
oduce national intelligence estimates
and thus improve the estimative process.
17
The Second Hoover Commission
In 1955 the T
ask For
ce on Intelligence Activities, working as
part of the Second Hoover Commission, r
eleased its report on
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
43
the IC.
1
8
As with the First Hoover Commission, this assess-
ment was only part of a much larger effort. The task force was
initially instructed to examine only the CIA; however, the task
evolved to studying all intelligence operations. Even at this rel-
atively early time in the IC’s evolution, the task force found 12
separate agencies involved directly in intelligence, with 10 ad-
ditional agencies involved indirectly.
19
The task force was gen-
erally comfortable with the intelligence effort, finding it was
“pursued in a diligent and dedicated manner,” although there
were some instances of inefficiencies.
20
Of the nine recommendations, only one dealt specifically
with improving the function of the IC. The commission sug-
gested creating the position of executive director of the CIA to
relieve the DCI of the basic administrative tasks related to the
CIA and allow the DCI to dedicate more time to coordinating
IC efforts.
21
This recommendation was one of the first to high
-
light the demands placed on the DCI by his two roles; however,
no action was taken. In fact, the DCI at the time, Allen Dulles,
did the opposite and created a deputy for community affairs,
thereby allowing himself more time to focus on the CIA.
22
This
action seems especially ironic given the emphasis he had
placed on coordination and national estimates when he was
part of the Intelligence Survey Group in 1949.
23
Executive Branch Activity 1955–63
In response to the Second Hoover Commission’s recommen-
dation to establish an oversight mechanism, Pres. Dwight D.
Eisenhower issued Executive Order 10656 in 1956, creating
the President’s Board of Consultants on Foreign Intelligence
Activities (PBCFIA).
24
This board reiterated the need for the
DCI to focus more on community affairs and again recom-
mended establishing an executive director of the CIA to relieve
the DCI of “many of the management r
esponsibilities he is cur
-
rently called upon to discharge as head of the CIA.”
25
Despite
these continuing calls for an executive director and pressure
fr
om Pr
esident Eisenhower
, DCI Dulles r
efused to cr
eate the
position. His resistance illustrates one of the problems of re-
form: the roles that personality and individual preferences of
senior leaders play in implementing suggested, or in some
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
44
cases mandated, reforms. In this case, DCI Dulles success-
fully resisted the reforms and continued to focus his efforts on
his preferred role as head of the CIA at the expense of the IC.
During the early 1960s, the concept of separating the two
roles of the DCI seems to have been considered by the PBCFIA
and later by the renamed President’s Foreign Intelligence Ad-
visory Board (PFIAB).
26
Their recommendations were never
acted upon, and it remains unclear if they simply refined ear-
lier recommendations or responded to specific events such as
the Bay of Pigs failure. What is clear is that Pres. John F.
Kennedy believed the role of leading the IC, not the manage-
ment of the CIA, was the cor
e task of the DCI.
27
Again, person
-
ality and management preferences, in this case the presi-
dent’s, played a role. President Kennedy pr
essed for greater
community coordination, and the DCI at the time, John McCone,
attempted to comply. However, he apparently failed to secure
a stronger r
ole for the DCI because of bureaucratic maneuver-
ing by or
ganizations within the IC.
No significant studies or reform proposals emerged in the
remainder of the 1960s. However, the following decade pre-
sented a significant contrast to this relatively quiet period.
The 1970s
The 1970s saw intensive studies and reforms of the IC carried
out by both the executive and legislative branches. Executive
branch scrutiny of the IC began with the Office of Management
and Budget’s (OMB) significant evaluation of the IC. Congress
also became more involved, first through a congressionally
mandated study, but later through congressional investigations
into charges of impropriety and questionable activities on the
parts of various or
ganizations within the IC. The executive
branch launched a separate study, the Rockefeller Commission,
to provide a separate investigation of the charges.
Taken together, the resulting reports offered the most in-
depth examination of the IC performed up to that time. Many
of their recommendations would be carried forward in future
r
efor
m efforts.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
45
The Schlesinger Report
In 1971 Pres. Richard M. Nixon requested that the OMB ex-
amine the IC’s organization and recommend improvements.
28
The report submitted by James Schlesinger, the OMB director,
offered one of the broadest and most insightful evaluations of
the IC and its efforts at that time. In language reminiscent of
future reform efforts the report found:
While a number of specific measures may help to bring about a closer
relationship between cost and effectiveness, the main hope for doing so
lies in a fundamental reform of the intelligence community’s decision-
making bodies and procedures. This conclusion is advanced in the full
recognition that reorganization will, at best, only create conditions in
which wise and imaginative leadership can flourish. In the absence of
reorganization, however, the habits of [the] intelligence community will
remain as difficult to control as was the performance of the Depart-
ment of Defense prior to the Defense Reorganization Act of 1958.
2
9
The report identified “unproductively duplicative” development
of collection capabilities and poor interagency comparisons of
capabilities, “largely unplanned and unguided” expansion of the
community with respect to allocation of resources, the growing
cost of collection capabilities at the expense of analytical capa-
bilities, and limitations on the DCI’s per
formance of his duties
because of his multiple roles.
30
It found problems similar to
those facing combatant commanders prior to Goldwater-
Nichols: a “lack of institutions governing the community with
the authority and responsibility to resolve issues without exces-
sive compromise.”
31
The report laid out several variables af
fect-
ing effectiveness and efficiency of the IC that future reform ef-
forts would revisit. These variables included the DCI’s control
over resources and over the intelligence activities of the military
services, the size and functions of the DCI’s staff, “the number
and location of national analytical and estimating centers,” and
the need for independent review mechanisms.
32
The Schlesinger Report then provided three options to rec-
tify the perceived problems. The first option examined estab-
lishing a dir
ector of national intelligence (DNI) and placing the
majority of collection assets under the DNI’s dir
ect contr
ol,
with the DOD only maintaining contr
ol over tactical assets.
33
The r
eport identified the advantages of this appr
oach as clari
-
fying r
esponsibility and per
mitting more effective budgetary
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
46
and programming decisions. The disadvantages included the
potential to further overload the DCI with responsibilities, re-
sistance from the DOD, and (perhaps most important) the like-
lihood of the DOD’s creating its own indigenous capabilities
that it could directly control.
3
4
The second option examined in-
creasing the power of the DCI and dividing the CIA, with one
part providing the staff and analytic support needed by the
DCI and the other becoming a separate agency under a sepa-
rate director. This option would have removed from the DCI
the day-to-day responsibility of managing the CIA, allowing
him time to manage community affairs. It would have pre-
vented the conflict of inter
est that resulted when the DCI was
both an advocate for CIA programs and an arbiter of community-
wide programs.
35
The primary disadvantages of the approach
were the DCI’s lack of direct authority over much of the IC and
decreased control over the CIA.
36
The third, and clearly least
favored, option was to place a coordinator of national intelli-
gence in the White House to oversee the IC and ensure the
community met the needs of national policy makers.
The final portion of the report dealt with mechanisms to im-
pr
ove analysis and estimates—a topic still relevant today. Rec
-
ommendations included greater dialogue with consumers of
information, upgrades to analytic centers to impr
ove “the com-
petition of ideas,” “periodic reviews by outsiders of intelligence
products” and analytic methods employed, creation of a net
assessment gr
oup to challenge assumptions, and “stronger in-
centives to attract good analysts,” including improved career
opportunities.
37
In response to the report’s recommendations, the president
issued a directive calling for a limited reorganization.
38
The re-
organization involved implementing the report’s second option
by enhancing the power of the DCI, establishing an Intelli-
gence Resources Advisory Committee to prepare a consoli-
dated intelligence budget, and establishing a net assessment
gr
oup within the NSC to r
eview and evaluate intelligence pr
od-
ucts and pr
oduce net assessments. The directive also consoli-
dated DOD mapping agencies under a new organization, the
Defense Mapping Agency.
39
Finally, in 1972 the dir
ective led to
establishment of the IC Staf
f, the pr
edecessor to the curr
ent
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
47
Community Management Staff.
4
0
All the recommendations were
implemented through the executive branch, opening the re-
form efforts to criticism that would become more prevalent in
future years—namely, the lack of a statutory basis to support
the DCI in exercising his newly granted authority.
41
The executive branch’s relative activism with regard to this
particular reform effort is notable, as it does not appear to
have been driven by either direct intelligence failures or pres-
sures from Congress. The Schlesinger effort also highlights
two recurring themes in intelligence reform. First, it followed
the relatively continuous path of previous reform efforts in its
push towards greater centralization of intelligence efforts both
for improved efficiency and for improved analytic production.
Second, it emphasized one of the fundamental requirements
for greater centralization: commensurate authority to achieve
the desired r
esults. The lack of such authority, or the failure
to properly exercise the authority provided, has consistently
undermined centralization efforts—a topic addressed by the
next commission to review the IC.
The Murphy Commission
In 1972 Congress authorized the Commission on the Orga-
nization of the Government for the Conduct of Foreign Policy,
chaired by Amb. Robert Murphy.
42
The study of the IC was
part of a broader effort, and as such, the recommendations
and findings are much less detailed than those of some other
studies. One of the commission’s insights highlighted the im-
portance of organization vis-à-vis the effectiveness of govern-
ment, finding that “organization affects more than the effi-
ciency of government; it can affect the outcome of decisions.
Organizational patterns determine the probabilities that a de-
cision will be taken at one level rather than another, or in one
agency instead of another
.”
43
On issues of intelligence organization, the Murphy Commis-
sion set two standards of performance by the IC: (1) analytic
r
esponsiveness to decision makers with accompanying compe
-
tence and integrity of the intelligence product, and (2) econ-
omy in the planning, programming, and budgeting of intelli-
gence systems.
44
The findings identified gaps in analysis, poor
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
48
collection focus, and poor cost management in the develop-
ment of systems. According to the commission, the sources of
the problems included the numerous agencies and lines of
command involved in the intelligence process, the relative
strength of the DOD with respect to budget and manpower re-
sources, and a tendency to chase technology without first ex-
amining whether new capabilities were truly necessary.
45
The
commission further noted that the DCI lacked line authority
over organizations within the IC other than the CIA; however,
it did not recommend granting such authority to the DCI.
4
6
The Murphy Commission recommended moving the DCI
physically closer to the White House to provide more direct ac-
cess to the president and counterbalance the lack of line au-
thority over other organizations within the IC. Like previous
studies, the report argued for incr
eased centralization and
stressed the need for the DCI to emphasize management of
community affairs over management of the CIA.
47
The com-
mission also recommended a strengthening both of the PFIAB
to provide a source of independent advice to the president and
of the NSC Intelligence Council to improve guidance to the IC
on the intelligence r
equirements of policy makers.
48
In addi
-
tion, the commission recommended that all departments main-
tain and strengthen their internal analysis efforts—an ap-
proach more supportive of decentralized intelligence analysis
than that of similar studies.
49
To improve the national estima-
tive process, the commission’s recommendations focused on
more clearly reflecting analytic differences across agencies in
intelligence products and dedicating staff to the formulation of
estimates rather than forming ad hoc groups to develop the
products.
50
Finally, presaging findings in the 9/11 Report, the
commission warned that human intelligence was being mar
-
ginalized at the expense of more costly technical solutions. It
therefore recommended that the IC place renewed emphasis
and investment on using human sour
ces of intelligence.
51
The Church Committee
Until 1975 the executive branch oversaw nearly all signifi-
cant changes to the intelligence structur
e. This changed in
early 1975, when both the Senate and House began to inves
-
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
49
tigate alleged illegal domestic intelligence activities as well as
specific improprieties of certain CIA operations.
5
2
The Senate
formed the Select Committee to Study Governmental Opera-
tions with Respect to Intelligence Activities under the direction
of Senator Frank Church (D-ID). The committee had two
tasks: investigate charges of abuse and propose legislative
remedies to correct any abuses or deficiencies.
53
Over a period
of 15 months, the Church Committee held a series of hearings,
interviewed hundreds of witnesses, and ultimately released
183 recommendations encapsulated in six final reports
roughly reflecting the various areas of investigation.
54
The
committee called for a compr
ehensive legislative charter for
the IC to include organic acts to recognize the different intelli-
gence agencies that had been established since 1947, sort out
roles and missions for the various agencies, and establish leg-
islative restrictions on the types of activities in which intelli-
gence agencies could engage.
55
Although the committee focused on allegations of abuse, it
made r
ecommendations regarding the management of the IC
at large. For example, it found that the DCI had insufficient
authority, failed to pr
event unnecessary waste and duplica-
tion, and did not adequately steer the IC toward meeting the
needs of policy makers.
56
Other significant findings dealt with
the need to properly balance national and tactical require-
ments and the DCI’s difficulties in removing department and
agency bias in the for
mulation of intelligence estimates, par-
ticularly when the White House or the DOD applied the pres-
sure.
57
The committee commented on the dual roles of the
DCI, finding that the two roles created both a conflict of inter-
est in managing the community and a span of control too large
for the DCI to execute both functions adequately.
58
The Church Committee also found that analysis was subor-
dinated to other activities. Analysts had insufficient and some-
times negative incentive structures, were often overwhelmed
with infor
mation, and wer
e disconnected fr
om the policy mak-
ers who used their pr
oduct.
59
Recommendations included
changing incentive structures to allow analysts to remain in
analysis positions longer
, injecting analyst personnel from
outside the traditional confines of the IC, and assigning ana
-
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
50
lysts to perform exchange tours with other agencies and aca-
demic institutions.
The Pike Committee
The House also formed an investigative committee under the
chairmanship of Rep. Otis Pike (D-NY) to conduct its own in-
vestigations of the IC. The Pike Committee had a far more ad-
versarial relationship with the executive branch than the
Church Committee. It “failed to conduct well-documented,
complete, and effective hearings” and produced a report that
the House ultimately voted not to publish.
60
However, the
House published the committee’s recommendations in 1976.
61
The recommendations included that the DCI be given central
power over the IC, that the position of DCI be separated from
that of head of CIA “with a view to eliminating duplication in
collection and promoting competition in analysis,” that budget
totals of each agency be disclosed, and that the Defense Intel
-
ligence Agency (DIA) be abolished because of perceived dupli-
cation with the CIA.
62
However, the controversy over both the
conduct of the investigation and the publication of the final re-
port diminished the overall legacy of the committee.
The Rockefeller Commission
The executive branch performed its own investigation via a
commission chaired by Vice Pres. Nelson A. Rockefeller.
63
Like
the congressional investigations, the Commission on CIA Activi-
ties within the United States (Rockefeller Commission) focused
almost exclusively on the conduct of one agency, namely the CIA.
However
, some of its recommendations reappeared in later re-
form efforts. They included the development of a Joint Commit-
tee on Intelligence in Congress, with the Joint Committee on
Atomic Ener
gy cited as one example of successful joint oversight.
The commission also recommended the public release of CIA
budget figures, presaging later calls for budgetary transparency
within the IC. Echoing the Murphy Commission, Rockefeller
Commission recommended strengthening the PFIAB to provide
additional oversight, including “assessing the quality of for
eign
intelligence estimates.”
64
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
51
Although proposed for different reasons, several of the rec-
ommendations affecting the FBI and CIA remain relevant
today. The first focused on improving the analytic capabilities
of the FBI to “evaluate, analyze and coordinate intelligence and
counterintelligence collected by the FBI concerning espionage,
terrorism, and other related matters of internal security.”
65
A
second recommendation was that the CIA and FBI prepare an
agreement to describe each agency’s jurisdiction and to provide
“for effective liaison on matters of mutual concern.”
66
Results
In response to these investigations, Congress attempted to
pass legislation that would enact many of the recommenda-
tions, principally those made by the Chur
ch Committee. The
most comprehensive of these efforts was a bill called the “Na-
tional Intelligence Reor
ganization and Reform Act of 1978,”
which included a proposal to create a DNI who would retain
control over the CIA.
67
According to one analysis of the effort,
Congr
ess debated separating the two r
oles of the DCI but r
e-
jected changes because the loss of the CIA would “deprive the
Dir
ector of a str
ong institutional base and would subject him
to more pr
essur
e from policymakers.”
68
None of the measures
passed.
However, both the legislative and executive branches took
some action during the Carter administration. In 1978 Con-
gress passed the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA).
Also, as suggested by the Church Committee final report, Con-
gress passed the Intelligence Oversight Act of 1980, establish-
ing new requirements on the IC to report significant activities
to the congressional intelligence committees.
69
Perhaps the
greatest legacy of the investigations was the establishment of
permanent select committees on intelligence in both houses to
enhance congressional oversight of intelligence activities.
These committees stand in stark contrast to the oversight pro-
vided prior to 1975 via the Ar
med Services committees of the
House and Senate, where few meetings were held, no notes
were taken, and relationships with the intelligence agencies
wer
e consider
ed mor
e collegial than confrontational.
70
How
-
ever
, the formation of the Senate Select Committee on Intelli-
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
52
gence (SSCI) in the Senate was not without controversy, and
the Senate Armed Services Committee (SASC) asserted its pre-
rogative to retain oversight of tactical intelligence programs—
a structure that continues today.
7
1
Congress also established
the precedent in 1977 of enacting intelligence authorization
bills similar to those for other executive department activities.
In the executive branch, perhaps to preempt greater legisla-
tive activism, Pres. Gerald Ford issued EO 11905 to further
clarify the responsibilities of IC member organizations, to in-
clude the reporting and identification of unlawful activity.
72
The executive order also created the Intelligence Oversight
Boar
d to examine intelligence activities of the IC, review inter-
nal practices of intelligence organizations, and report findings
to the attorney general and the president.
73
The SSCI also
worked directly with the Carter administration to formulate
EO 12036, which further prescribed the duties of intelligence
organizations, placed r
estrictions on intelligence activities,
and defined oversight pr
ovisions.
74
These executive or
ders ul-
timately implemented several aspects of the Church Commit-
tee’s recommendations and thus can be reasonably construed
as products of successful legislative oversight.
The 1980s
Following the Iran-Contra scandal, Congress again became
more active, proposing the separation of the DCI’s role as head
of the IC from his role as head of the CIA. During the Reagan
administration, Senator Arlen Specter (R-PA) put forth legisla-
tive recommendations in both the 100th and 101st Congresses
to split these duties through the creation of a DNI who would
be charged with coordinating the overall efforts of the IC.
75
A CRS study attributed the incr
eased congr
essional activity
to a number of factors including (1) the increasing expansion
of the IC, (2) the dependence of effective community coordina-
tion upon the degree of attention devoted to this role by the in-
cumbent DCI, (3) perceived intelligence failures, and (4) alle-
gations of illegality.
76
With the exception of the fourth
attribute, the same conditions wer
e appar
ent 15 years later as
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
53
intelligence reform efforts once again received substantial leg-
islative attention.
The 1990s
Reform efforts internal to the IC paralleled those of high-
level commissions and boards. For example, in 1991 DCI
Robert Gates established multiple task forces to examine both
internal CIA and community-wide processes. The findings led
to the establishment of offices to better utilize open-source in-
formation and the strengthening of the DCI staff to aid in com-
munity management efforts.
77
Concurrent with the DCI’s effort,
the chairmen of the congressional intelligence committees,
Senator David Boren (R-OK) and Cong. Dave McCurdy (D-PA),
introduced legislation seeking “sweeping changes in the intel
li-
gence apparatus of government” necessitated by the end of the
cold war.
78
The legislative effort, which was never enacted, would have
established a DNI and released the top-line budget amount.
The legislation echoed the Schlesinger Report with respect to
the DNI’s relation with the CIA. It recommended that the DNI
gain control over the analytic resources of the CIA, thereby ef-
fectively pr
oviding the DNI with a centralized intelligence func
-
tion while ceding daily control of the remainder of CIA func-
tions to a separate director.
79
The proposed legislation would
have significantly increased the authority of the head of the IC
(in this case a DNI), granting the authority to transfer person-
nel for up to 180 days and transfer funds without the consent
of department heads.
80
Finally, the legislation also proposed
the creation of a National Imagery Agency.
81
Senator Boren’s recommendations included providing a DNI
with a gr
eater r
ole in the hiring of intelligence agency heads.
82
The restructuring envisioned was significant, effectively pro-
ducing four major organizations: three of them devoted to the
intelligence collection disciplines of signals, imagery, and
human intelligence, respectively, and a fourth devoted to intel-
ligence analysis.
83
The goal of such a restructuring, like those
of most drives towards centralization, was to increase effi-
ciency and accountability. Other r
ecommendations included
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
54
improving the collection of human intelligence and increasing
the use of open-source information. Senator Boren also com-
mented on problems with intelligence estimates, suggesting
they were “overly cautious, caveated and consensus driven,”
and recommended augmenting the cadre of IC analysts with
outsiders from the private sector and academe.
84
The Aspin-Brown Commission
In October 1994 Congress continued its examination of the
IC in light of several developments that included the end of the
cold war, a perceived lack of executive branch will to make
changes, concern over the amount of resources committed to
intelligence, and general charges of mismanagement within the
component or
ganizations.
85
The Commission on the Roles and
Capabilities of the United States Intelligence Community, also
known as the Aspin-Br
own Commission, was given a mandate
to assess the roles of the various agencies and perform a com-
prehensive analysis of the IC, touching on both community-
wide issues and issues specific to individual or
ganizations. The
committee’s report included recommendations to improve over-
all guidance to the IC thr
ough a per
manent NSC organization;
to develop closer ties between the IC and the policy community;
to improve central contr
ol of the IC; to improve sharing of in-
formation between law enforcement and intelligence agencies;
and to improve planning, programming, and budgeting
processes to reduce waste and redundancy.
86
The commission found that the DCI’s authority had strength-
ened over time with regard to establishing requirements and
budget consolidation; however, the report also noted the lack of
line authority that undermined this power.
87
In the course of
studying the DCI’s roles, the commission examined some ap-
proaches to decentralize intelligence and others to further in-
crease centralization. The decentralized approach involved pro-
viding budgetary authority to the individual agencies and
departments and making the DCI r
esponsible only for CIA pr
o-
grams.
88
The commission rejected this approach because of the
potential for greater waste and duplication as well as the possi-
bility that non-DOD activities would gradually lose the attention
of decision makers.
89
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
55
Another approach looked at increasing centralization by giv-
ing the DCI line authority over several major DOD intelligence
agencies. This approach was rejected because the commission
considered these organizations critical in providing support to
military operations and believed that removing them from the
DOD would jeopardize this support. Equally important was
that military personnel staffed many of these organizations. A
shift in line authority would likely have resulted in the DOD’s
retention of these personnel, with a concomitant requirement
to replace them with non-DOD civilians at substantial costs.
90
A different option for centralization was to create a DNI who
would oversee the entir
e community, but the commission also
rejected this because it believed that the loss of leadership
over the CIA would reduce the DCI’s overall authority.
91
The commission eventually chose a relatively middle course
that would not have significantly altered the centralization/de-
centralization balance within the IC. It involved strengthening
the DCI’s authority by requiring the DCI’s concurrence on the
appointment of heads of the national intelligence agencies
within
the DOD, dual-hatting these officials under the CIA, and speci-
fying by statute two deputies for the DCI—one to manage the
CIA and the other to manage the IC.
92
However, the commis-
sion did not believe other legal changes were required to pr
o-
vide the DCI with the increased authority.
93
The commission made numerous recommendations in other
ar
eas as well. To improve budgetary management, the com-
mission focused on organizing the budget around intelligence
disciplines, such as signals and imagery, with the goal of re-
ducing duplication and waste.
94
Recommendations for improv-
ing intelligence analysis suggested improving the relationships
between intelligence producers and consumers (policy mak-
ers). While acknowledging the potential for politicization, the
committee saw a greater danger in too much distance between
the IC and the policy maker, which would result in intelligence
analysis becoming “irr
elevant to the pr
ocess of gover
nment.”
95
Like pr
evious commissions, Aspin-Brown made suggestions to
improve the quality of analysts, to increase the use of open-
sour
ce information, and to develop stronger ties with experts
outside the IC. In contrast to both prior and futur
e r
efor
m ef
-
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
56
forts, cost-saving efforts focused on cuts in personnel rather
than in intelligence systems.
96
The commission also recom-
mended that the IC attempt to consolidate its personnel func-
tions to allow better rotation of staff between various agencies.
Finally, echoing the 1992 legislative proposals, the commis-
sion recommended disclosure of top-line budget amounts.
IC21: The Intelligence Community in the 21st
Century
The House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence
(HPSCI) undertook a second investigation of the IC in an at-
tempt to reap cost savings following the end of the cold war.
Notably, the resulting report,
IC21: The Intelligence Community
in the 21st Century
(her
eafter
IC21), was written within a con
-
text that maintained the key issue was “opportunity, not reform
and stated the “US national security inter
ests are less threat-
ened than at any time since 1940.”
97
IC21 examined the role
of the DCI along the lines of greater or lesser centralization
and str
ongly supported incr
easing the DCI’s authority, citing
a “glaring gap between his responsibilities and his authori-
ties.”
98
The r
eport r
ecommended increasing DCI control over
budgets, which was considered to be the “essential bur
eau
-
cratic lever”; creating a str
onger community management staff;
providing the DCI authority to detail intelligence personnel be-
tween agencies; and giving the DCI greater say in the appoint-
ment of agency heads.
99
It cited testimony by former DCIs who
expressed the importance of retaining an agency reporting di-
rectly to the director to provide another source of power. There-
fore, unlike other studies, the report did not envision creating
a separate DNI. Instead, the HPSCI chose to strengthen the
roles of deputy DCIs to provide more oversight over both the
CIA and the larger community.
IC21 did not recommend consolidation of analytic resources
within a single organization. It found that organic analytic ef-
forts pr
ovided important and tailor
ed support to their parent
departments and also aided in the competitive analysis
process. The report reiterated previous calls to allow greater
personnel exchange, cr
eate commonality in personnel systems
at the senior executive level, and—echoing Goldwater
-Nichols—
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
57
require rotational assignments within the community as a
prerequisite for promotion.
1
00
Improving analysis was seen as
a function of establishing greater linkages with policy makers
and collectors to understand better what information policy
makers desired. Like the Aspin-Brown Commission,
IC21 rec-
ommended reestablishing the Committee on Foreign Intelli-
gence (CFI) to provide more direct feedback and interaction be-
tween policy makers and the IC and thus improve policy
coordination.
The report also studied the existing analytic centers, which
at the time numbered seven.
101
It found that such centers
wer
e valuable when they addressed “enduring intelligence is-
sues”; however, the centers were not true interagency con-
structs and were unevenly staffed by the various agencies.
Moreover, IC personnel did not consider participation in cen-
ters career enhancing. To address these shortcomings, the re-
port recommended changes similar to the joint personnel prac-
tices of Goldwater-Nichols, including increased incentives,
impr
oved promotion opportunity, and increased participation
from IC component organizations other than the CIA.
IC21
specifically stated, “the IC personnel evaluation and pr
omotion
systems must accurately reflect and reward the performance
of employees detailed to centers.”
102
On the subject of informa
-
tion sharing, specifically with law enforcement agencies, the
report found that existing statutes were sufficient to allow the
necessary practices, but that specific infor
mation manage-
ment and policies should be improved to allow for sufficient
information sharing.
The Aspin-Brown report and the
IC21 report were released
in March and April 1996 respectively. The initial response
from Congress appears to have been relatively substantial in
comparison to its response to other reform efforts. In the Intel-
ligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1997, Congress estab-
lished the Committee on Foreign Intelligence and the Commit-
tee on T
ransnational Thr
eats within the NSC, enhanced the
authority of the DCI over budgets and personnel, and cr
eated
two deputy director positions under the DCI and three assis-
tant DCIs (ADCI) to aid in community management activi
-
ties.
103
The CFI was tasked, among other functions, to estab
lish
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
58
“priorities (including funding priorities) among the programs,
projects, and activities that address” national security needs.
Thus, in effect, the legislation moved a key element of commu-
nity management up one level in the executive branch hierar-
chy. The additional authorities granted to the DCI were largely
cosmetic, charging the DCI to “facilitate the development of
the annual budget” and to concur in the appointment of se-
lected intelligence officials within the DOD.
104
The additional managerial layers within the DCI community
staff might have helped the DCI to deal with span-of-control
issues; however, the executive branch resisted this measure.
President Clinton was particularly concerned with Congress’s
forced establishment of two committees on the NSC staff as an
unnecessary invasion into executive branch jurisdiction, and
he supported the DCI’s resistance to the new ADCIs estab-
lished for community management. In fact, only two individu-
als were ever nominated to fill ADCI positions, and after they
left office in 2003 their positions were not filled.
105
Further at-
testing to the relatively limited effect of reform, one staff mem-
ber of the Aspin-Brown commission stated, “The IC was, in
sum, largely unaffected by the Aspin-Brown inquiry—or for
that matter, the similar r
eform proposal of IC21.”
106
The 9/11 Inquiries
After the events of 9/11, the intelligence committees of Con-
gress per
formed a joint inquiry of the IC to conduct “a factual
review of what the intelligence community knew or should
have known prior to September 11, 2001” and to identify “sys-
temic problems that may have impeded the intelligence com-
munity.”
107
In addition, Congress created the National Com-
mission on T
err
orist Attacks upon the United States,
commonly referred to as the 9/11 Commission.
108
In addition
to examining in detail the events and intelligence prior to the
attacks, both investigations led to recommendations on re-
structuring the IC that were partially enacted in subsequent
legislation.
In many instances the joint inquiry findings were remark-
ably similar to those later published in the 9/11 Report. These
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
59
findings included inadequate community structures, poor tech-
nological interfaces, and failures of information sharing.
109
Recommendations from the congressional inquiry included
separating the DCI’s two roles by creating a cabinet-level DNI
who possessed the “full range of management, budgetary, and
personnel responsibilities needed.”
110
Judging from the ampli-
fying text, the inquiry appears to have recommended giving
the DCI nearly complete control over budgetary, personnel,
and collection resources. The inquiry also used the Goldwater-
Nichols metaphor in recommending the application of joint per-
sonnel practices to the IC, including joint assignments of per-
sonnel to other agencies and impr
oved incentives for those
personnel who take such assignments.
111
Analyzing Past Reform Efforts
Even a cursory overview of the evolution of the IC and of the
various examinations of its organization and function leads to
several conclusions. First, governmental action has resulted
in a gradual shift towar
d greater centralization of intelligence
activities. Initially, the focus was on placing greater emphasis
on the community management role of the DCI at the expense
of dir
ect management of the CIA. Recommendations and follow-
on executive branch action have resulted in the cr
eation of
deputies and staff structures to better enable the DCI to coor-
dinate the activities of the IC.
Second, as the emphasis towards greater centralization pro-
gressed, recognition of the inadequacy of the DCI’s authority over
the IC became more prevalent. Recommendations for increasing
that authority ranged from enhancing the prestige of the DCI vis-
à-vis the other organizations (informal authority) to providing
gr
eater budgetary or line authority over various IC or
ganizations
(formal authority). Only a few of the studies recommended ele-
vating the DCI to cabinet-level status. Many of the studies sug-
gested increases in DCI budgetary authority. EOs accomplished
this to a degree while also clarifying DCI responsibilities. Provid-
ing the DCI more line authority over various agencies was decid-
edly mor
e complicated and was never implemented.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
60
Third, beginning in 1960, more studies advocated a com-
plete separation of the DCI’s two roles, but disagreed as to the
resources and authorities the DCI should have.
1
12
The quan-
tity and type of manpower assigned to a separate DNI were one
area of debate. Too few personnel assigned would create the
impression of a czar, whereas too many could overburden the
DNI with excessive managerial responsibilities, reintroducing
one of the primary reasons for advocating separation of roles.
Fourth, the IC has been far from static. While the amount of
comprehensive legislation mandating organizational change is
relatively slight, it has not been completely absent. Laws af-
fecting the operations and oversight of agencies wer
e supple-
mented by laws enacted to establish charters and recognize
various agencies and more recently to create additional assis-
tant directors who would aid in community management.
However, the executive branch made the more significant
changes, forming major new intelligence organizations includ-
ing all of the combat support agencies: the NSA in 1952, DIA
in 1961, and mor
e recently the NGA. Additional EOs clarified
and amplified the responsibilities and tasks of the intelligence
agencies.
Fifth, both the legislative and executive branches have im-
portant roles in adjusting and maintaining the US intelligence
apparatus. Executive branch action offers both speed and nu-
ance. If a directive has significant or unintended side effects,
executive or
ders have the added advantage that they can be is-
sued and altered far more easily and quickly than correspon-
ding legislative actions. Moreover, managerial proximity to the
affected organizations in certain situations may give the exec-
utive branch better understanding of both the problems and
potential consequences of proposed remedies.
Aside from oversight, Congress has multiple roles. First, by
threatening legislative action Congress can compel the execu-
tive branch to act. For example, President Carter’s executive
or
ders wer
e meant, at least in part, to pr
eclude further con-
gr
essional action. Second, Congress can play an advisory role,
as it did in consulting with the Carter administration on the
content of various executive or
ders. Third, the executive
branch is pr
ohibited fr
om taking certain actions, such as cr
eat
-
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
61
ing a DNI. Fourth, legislation provides a degree of permanence
not found in executive orders. As the National Security Act of
1947 illustrates, the effect of legislation is often long lasting.
Thus, prudence is warranted, as what is set in motion often
continues without legislative intervention for prolonged peri-
ods. In addition, as the final check on executive power, Con-
gress can pass legislation to implement its intent more fully
when it believes the executive branch lacks the will to make
the perceived necessary changes.
Finally, the problems that faced decision makers in the late
1940s remain relevant today. Calls for improved information
sharing, greater reliance on open-source information, and bet-
ter coordination of activities have persisted since the IC was
founded. As early as 1975, the Murphy Commission discussed
the marginalization of human sources of intelligence.
113
Various
other studies highlighted the importance of coordinated intelli-
gence activities with the FBI. Numer
ous studies and commis-
sions have expressed dissatisfaction with the quality of analytic
products and methodologies. Calls for increased competitive
analysis, str
onger car
eer incentives for analysts, and augmen
-
tation of the analysis staff with experts from outside the IC were
common, as was emphasis on the need to maintain a close r
e-
lationship with consumers of intelligence (policy makers) while
avoiding excessive politicization.
114
However there was less
agreement as to whether intelligence analysis should become
more centralized or remain decentralized with the departments
maintaining or even strengthening their analytic arms.
The persistence of these problems may represent less an in-
dictment of the government’s failure to correct known deficien-
cies than an indication that the pr
oblems defy simple solu
-
tions. The complexity of the underlying issues suggests the
existence of competing interests that further complicate re-
form efforts. How to balance these interests while having the
intended effect is the subject of chapter 5. However, before
tur
ning to the discussion of balances, chapter 4 examines the
9/11 Commission Report, ar
guably one of the most significant
commission r
eports in the last 50 years.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
62
Notes
1. Lt Gen Michael Hayden, interviewed by the author, 18 February 2005.
More specifically, General Hayden described the IC as an organization “gov-
erned by a principle of consensus over the last fifty years.”
2. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization (see chap. 1, n. 6). See also
Alfred B. Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership: Development and Debate
Since 1947, CRS-89-414 F (Washington, D.C.: CRS, 27 June 1989). Best exam-
ines both legislative and executive initiatives to reorganize the IC, citing over 20
examples of various initiatives. A core focus of the Prados paper was on the ori-
gins and rationale of the DCI’s dual roles as well as proposals to alter those
roles. David E. Kaplan, Kevin Whitelaw, and Monica M. Ekman, “Mission Im-
possible,”
U.S. News & World Report 137, no. 3 (2 August 2004), http://
www.usnews.com/usnews/news/articles/040802/2intell.htm.
3. The list of reform efforts is not exhaustive and purposely excludes
studies that had as their chief focus the activities of specific agencies. If a
study had relevant commentary on the management of the larger IC, it was
included.
4.
National Security Act of 1947, Public Law 253, 80th Cong., 1st sess.
(26 July 1947), sec. 102 (a).
5. Ibid., sec. 102 (d)(1)-(3). The intelligence departments in question were
the intelligence arms of the Departments of the Army, Navy, and newly es-
tablished Air Force, as well as the intelligence arm of the Department of
State.
6. Ibid., sec. 102 (d)(3) and sec. 102 (e).
7. Allen W. Dulles, William H. Jackson, and Matthias Correa, “The Cen-
tral Intelligence Agency and the National Organization for Intelligence,” Re-
port to the National Security Council, 1 January 1949, iv. The NSC tasked
the group, composed of Allen Dulles (future DCI), William Jackson (future
deputy DCI) and Matthias Correa, to perform “a thorough and comprehen-
sive evaluation of the structure, administration, activities, and inter-agency
relationships of the Central Intelligence Agency.” See also Best,
Proposals for
Intelligence Reorganization (see chap. 1, n. 6), 6; and Commission on the
Roles and Capabilities of the United States Intelligence Community, “Prepar-
ing for the 21st Century: An Appraisal of US Intelligence,”1 March 1996,
http://www.access.gpo.gov/int/report.html, A-10, hereafter cited as Aspin-
Brown.
8. Aspin-Brown, A-10. Thus, almost from the beginning, there were
problems with the community management r
ole. See also Dulles, Jackson,
and Correa, “Central Intelligence Agency,” 11. The criticism of the CIA was
strongly worded, “The principal defect of the Central Intelligence Agency is
that its dir
ection, administration, organization and performance do not
show suf
ficient appr
eciation of the Agency’s assigned functions, particularly
in the fields of intelligence coordination and the production of intelligence
estimates.”
9.
Best,
Pr
oposals for Intelligence Reor
ganization
(see chap. 1, n. 6), 6.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
63
1
0. Dulles, Jackson, and Correa, “Central Intelligence Agency,” 3–6. The
Intelligence Advisory Committee included the DCI as chairman and the
heads of the intelligence staffs of the Departments of State, Army, Navy, and
Air Force, the Atomic Energy Commission, and the Joint Intelligence Group
of the Joint Staff.
11. Ibid., 3.
12. Ibid., 5.
13. Ibid., 55. The report recognized that the CIA may, in certain in-
stances, have insufficient authority. However, it suggested that the CIA
should use the NSC as an arbiter to resolve disputes and should make rec-
ommendations to the NSC to resolve disputes. Specifically, the report stated,
the “lack of authority in a specific situation should not deter the Central In-
telligence Agency from exercising its responsibility to submit recommenda-
tions [to the NSC] so that proper coordination will result.”
14. Committee on National Security Organization, “Task Force Report on
National Security Organization (Appendix G),” January 1949.
15. Ibid., 76. The report found that “relationships . . . notably to G-2 of
the Army, the FBI, the Atomic Energy Commission and the State Depart-
ment have been and still are unsatisfactory.”
16. Ibid., 76.
17. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization (see chap. 1, n. 6), 8.
18. Commission on Organization of the Executive Branch of the Govern-
ment, “Intelligence Activities,” May 1955, 13 (hereafter the Second Hoover
Commission). This appears to be the first government document to explic-
itly use the term IC to refer to the confederation of agencies with intelligence
responsibilities. The IC consisted at that time of the CIA, NSC, NSA, FBI, in-
telligence sections of the Department of State, Navy, Army, and Air Force,
and the Atomic Energy Commission.
19. Ibid., 17.
20. Ibid., 67.
21. Ibid, 69–70. The remainder of the Second Hoover Commission find-
ings dealt with issues such as the establishment of an oversight body to pe-
riodically review intelligence organization and operations, the need for periodic
reinvestigations of intelligence personnel, and the need to exploit open-source
information more effectively.
22. Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership, 42.
23. See Senate, Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations
with Respect to Intelligence Activities,
Supplementary Detailed Staff Reports
on Foreign and Military Intelligence, 94th Cong. 2d sess., Report 94-755,
Book IV, 23 April 1976, 45. There are multiple explanations for why Dulles
emphasized his role as director of the CIA at the expense of the DCI, includ-
ing his relationship with President Eisenhower and his supposed dislike for
confrontation.
24.
Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership, 42.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
64
2
5. James R. Killian, Jr., board chairman, PBCFIA, to the president, let-
ter, 20 December 1956, released 17 July 1977, quoted in Prados,
Intelligence
Community Leadership
, 42.
26. Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership, 44.
27. Pres. John F. Kennedy, “Memorandum for: Director of Central Intel-
ligence,” 16 January 1962, quoted in Prados,
Intelligence Community Lead-
ership
, 45. The extent to which later presidents demanded similar prece-
dence to the role of community management is often less clear and explicit.
For example, in recent testimony from DCI Stansfield Turner, President
Carter held a similar view to President Kennedy’s as to the priority to place
on the competing roles. As Admiral Turner stated, “At my very first meeting
with the president, before he had actually designated me as his nominee for
director of central intelligence, he gave me oral instruction that if I took this
job I was to concentrate on being the director of central intelligence, not on
being the head of the CIA.” Testimony before the Hearing of the Senate Com-
mittee on Governmental Affairs, “Reorganizing America’s Intelligence Com-
munity: A View from the Inside,” 16 August 2004.
28. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization (see chap. 1, n. 6), 16.
29. Office of Management and Budget, “A Review of the Intelligence Com-
munity,” 10 March 1971, 1–2 (hereafter cited as Schlesinger Report).
30. Schlesinger Report, 8–10, 15.
31. Ibid., 13.
32. Ibid., 21–23. On the specific issue of oversight, the report looked
more to the PFIAB, OMB, and other organizations to provide this oversight,
not Congress.
33. Ibid., 25.
34. Ibid., 27–28.
35. Ibid., 30.
36. Ibid., 31.
37. Ibid., 45–46.
38. “Reorganization of the IC,”
Weekly Compilation of Presidential Docu-
ments
, 4 November 1971, 1482.
39. This agency was eventually combined with other organizations to
form the present-day National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency.
40. Senate, Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with
Respect to Intelligence Activities,
Supplementary Detailed Staff Reports, book
4, 84; hereafter cited as Church Committee Report.
41.
Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership, 46.
42. Commission on the Organization of the Government for the Conduct
of Foreign Policy, “Report,” June 1975, hereafter cited as Murphy Commis-
sion. The authorizing legislation for the commission was
Foreign Relations
Authorization Act,
Public Law 352, 92d Cong., 2d sess., 13 July 1972.
43. Murphy Commission, 21.
44.
Ibid., 91.
45.
Ibid., 97.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
65
4
6. Best,
P
roposals for Intelligence Reorganization
(
see chap. 1, n. 6), 18.
The commission states, “It is neither possible nor desirable to give the DCI
line authority over that very large fraction of the IC which lies outside the
CIA. If he is to effectively supervise the whole community, however, there is
only one substitute for such authority, and that is a close relationship with
the one official who does ultimately command each of the separate strands
of the community: the President,” Murphy Commission, 98.
47. Murphy Commission, 98.
48. Ibid., 99.
49. Ibid., 103.
50. Ibid.
51. Ibid., 105. See also 9/11 Report, 104 (see chap. 1, n. 1).
52. Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership, 6.
53. Frank J. Smist, Jr.,
Congress Oversees the United States Intelligence
Community
, 2d ed. (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1994), 25. The
committee was officially formed on 27 January 1975.
54. Ibid., 77.
55. Ibid., 125.
56. Church Committee, book 1, 432.
57. Ibid., 432–33.
58. Ibid., 434.
59. Ibid., 444.
60. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization (see chap. 1, n. 6), 24,
speaks of the adversarial nature of the committee. See also Smist,
Congress
Oversees
, 195.
61. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization, 24.
62. House, Select Committee on Intelligence,
Recommendations of the Final
Report of the House Select Committee on Intelligence
, 94th Cong., 2d sess., 11
February 1976, H. Rpt. 94-833, 3–4. For budget recommendations, see 5.
63. Commission on CIA Activities within the United States,
Report to the
President
(Washington, D.C.: GPO, 6 June 1975), http://historymatters.
com/archive/church/rockcomm/html/Rockefeller_0001a.htm (accessed 25
July 2005) (hereafter cited as Rockefeller Commission).
64. Ibid., 15.
65. Ibid., 23.
66. Ibid., 30. The nature and extent of these agreements between the FBI
and CIA are unclear. What is clearer is that these same factors were present
25 years later. For example, the 9/11 Report detailed how effective liaison,
jurisdictional problems, and lack of information sharing were contributory
factors in the 9/11 attacks.
67.
Best,
Pr
oposals for Intelligence Reorganization
(see chap. 1, n. 6), 26.
68. Aspin-Brown, A-19. In addition, although not directly related to IC
r
efor
m, Congr
ess passed the For
eign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 to
establish procedures for authorization of electronic surveillance.
69.
Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1981, Public Law 450,
96th Cong., 2d sess. (14 October 1980). See also
Intelligence Oversight Act of
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
66
1
980
,
96th Cong., 2d sess., Senate Report 96-730, 15 May 1980. One of the
provisions created an “affirmative duty to keep the two intelligence commit-
tees fully informed of significant activities” (i.e. those with policy implica-
tions), 7. The primary intent of the various provisions appears to have been
to establish more formal reporting congressional requirements for a discrete
set of IC activities.
70. Smist,
Congress Oversees, 7, 9.
71. Ibid., 83.
72. Executive Order 11905, sec. 4 a(3)–(5), United States Foreign Intelli-
gence Activities, 18 February 1976.
73. Ibid., sec. 6 (a)(3).
74. Smist,
Congress Oversees, 103; and Executive Order 12036, United
States Intelligence Activities, 24 January 1978, http://www.fas.org/irp/
offdocs/eo (accessed 22 November 2004). EO 12333, United States Intelli-
gence Activities, 4 December 1981, eventually superseded EO 12036 in 1983.
75. Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership. Neither proposal passed.
76. Ibid., 7. Besides the Bay of Pigs scandal, no specific instances of fail-
ures were cited in the study, rather the report alludes to instances where in-
telligence failed to provide strategic warning. Allegations of illegality
stemmed from reports of US intelligence agency involvement in domestic ac-
tivities.
77. Commission on the Roles and Capabilities of the United States IC,
“Preparing for the 21st Century: An Appraisal of US Intelligence,” A-23.
Hereafter cited as Aspin-Brown.
78. David L. Boren, “The IC: How Crucial?”
Foreign Affairs 71, no. 3
(Summer 1992): 52–53.
79. Aspin-Brown, A-24. See also
The Intelligence Reorganization Act of
1992,
SR 2198, 102d Cong., 2d sess., Congressional Record 138 (5 February
1992): S1066, which would have created an analysis arm under the DNI.
“There is established under the Deputy Director of National Intelligence for
Estimates and Analysis an Office of Intelligence Analysis that shall be
headed by a director appointed by, and serving at the pleasure of, the Direc-
tor of National Intelligence. The Office shall be composed of analysts as-
signed to agencies within the IC and shall be responsible for preparing all
current intelligence and other analysis that is intended to be disseminated
within the Government as a whole.” Whether this organization would have
replaced the analytic arm of the CIA remained unclear.
80.
Intelligence Reorganization Act of 1992, S. 2198, sec. 202.
81. Ibid., sec. 321.
82. Bor
en, “The IC: How Crucial?” 59.
83.
For a similar proposal see William E. Odom,
Fixing Intelligence (New
Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 2003).
84.
Bor
en, “The IC: How Crucial?” 56.
85. Aspin-Brown, 1–2. The authorizing legislation can be found in
Intel-
ligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1995
, Public Law 359, 103d Cong.,
2d sess. (14 October 1994). The duties of the commission were spelled out
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
67
i
n sec. 903, which were “to review the efficacy and appropriateness of the
activities of the United States IC in the post-cold war global environment.”
86. Ibid., 33. The NSC organization envisioned was a return to President
Ford’s CFI, chaired by the national security advisor with the deputies of
state and defense. The tasks of the CFI were to establish high-level require-
ments and priorities. Below the CFI would be a consumer’s committee to en-
sure the IC met the needs of policy makers. However, neither committee had
any oversight functions, leaving in question how effective the committees
would be in steering intelligence requirements and priorities.
87. Ibid., xix. Information sharing was focused on global threats to in-
clude terrorism, proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and narcotics
trafficking. Budgeting recommendations included restructuring the budget
along functional lines such as signals intelligence (SIGINT), imagery intelli-
gence (IMINT), and human intelligence (HUMINT) to reduce “unnecessary
duplication, interoperability problems, and other inefficiencies,” 75.
88. Ibid., 51.
89. Ibid., 52.
90. Ibid., 53.
91. Ibid., 54.
92. Ibid., 57–58. The commission recommended that the DCI concur in
the appointment of the directors of NSA, NIMA, and NRO. The dual-hatting
involved the NSA and the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (now NGA),
creating assistant directors of central intelligence for signals intelligence and
imagery, respectively, and giving these directors program and budget re-
sponsibility for their respective disciplines.
93. Aspin-Brown, 59.
94. Ibid., xxi.
95. Ibid., 86.
96. Ibid., xxii.
97. House, Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence,
IC21: The Intel-
ligence Community in the 21st Century (Washington, D.C.: GPO, 1996), 1.
98. Ibid., 10.
99. Ibid., 11. Envisioned budgetary authority included increased pro-
grammatic control over the National Foreign Intelligence Program (NFIP), in-
cluding the ability to transfer limited funds within the NFIP. The report rec-
ommended that the SecDef appoint agency heads with the advice and
consent of the DCI. The ability to detail personnel was limited to 180 days
without the consent of the agency head.
100.
IC21, 78–79.
101. Ibid., 256. The centers at the time of the report focused on the top-
ics of arms control, nonproliferation, terrorism, counterintelligence, coun-
ternarcotics, organized crime, and overseas security. Furthermore, the cen-
ters were housed in the CIA, and, according to the report had “a distinct
‘CIA’ identity” that pr
ecluded their acceptance as community activities.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
68
1
02. Ibid., 45. Such a recommendation is similar to the joint personnel
practices established by Goldwater-Nichols that required the individual
services to reward joint duty.
103.
Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1997, Public Law 293,
104th Cong., 2d sess. (11 October 1996), sections 801–17. The CFI was
composed of the DCI, SecDef, and secretary of state, and chaired by the as-
sistant to the president on national security affairs. The Committee on
Transnational Threats had the same membership with the addition of the
attorney general. The act created ADCIs for collection, administration, and
analysis and production.
104. Ibid., sec. 815. The SecDef could still forward nominations despite
the DCI’s nonconcurrence as long as he/she included a statement of the
DCI’s nonconcurrence in the recommendation.
105. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization (see chap. 1, n. 6), 37.
The
Intelligence Reform Act of 2004 eliminated the ADCI positions.
106. Loch K. Johnson, “The Aspin-Brown Intelligence Inquiry: Behind
the Closed Doors of a Blue Ribbon Commission,”
Studies in Intelligence 48,
no. 3 (2004), http://www.cia.gov/csi/studies/vol48no3/index.html (ac-
cessed 19 January 2005). Specifically, “The IC’s budget remained intact; . . .
the weaknesses in accountability went largely unaddressed; and the DCI’s
powers remained stunted.”
107. House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence and the Senate
Select Committee on Intelligence,
Joint Inquiry into IC Activities before and
after the Terrorist Attacks of September 11, 2001
, 107th Cong., 2d sess., De-
cember 2002, Senate Report 107-351, House Report 107-792, 1.
108. Richard A. Falkenrath, “The 9/11 Commission Report: A Review
Essay,”
International Security 29, no. 3 (Winter 2004/05): 170–90. Falken-
rath asserts that the joint inquiry was essentially a failure, and this led Con-
gress to establish the 9/11 Commission in 2002, 172. Congress established
the 9/11 Commission by
Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2003,
Public Law 306, 107th Cong., 2d sess., 27 November 2002.
109. House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence and the Senate
Select Committee on Intelligence,
Joint Inquiry, xv–xviii. For inadequacy of
the intelligence organization, see finding 1; for technical issues, see finding
4; and for information sharing problems, see finding 10.
110. Ibid., errata print, 2.
111. Ibid., errata print, 10–11.
112. Prados,
Intelligence Community Leadership, 43. The PBCFIA made
the initial recommendation in 1960; it was reiterated by the PFIAB in 1961.
113.
Murphy Commission, 105.
114. For a sample of analytic recommendations, see Schlesinger Report
45–46.
REFORMING INTELLIGENCE: A 50-YEAR EFFORT
69
Chapter 4
The 9/11 Report and
Intelligence Reform Legislation
In a world of perfect information, there would be no uncer-
tainties about the present and future intentions, capabili-
ties, and activities of foreign powers. Information, however,
is bound to be imperfect for the most part. Consequently, the
intelligence community can at best reduce the uncertainties
and construct plausible hypotheses about these factors on
the basis of what continues to be partial and often conflict-
ing evidence.
—Schlesinger Report
Intelligence r
emains a critical component of our national se-
curity process. While a world of perfect intelligence that pr
o-
vides ample warning of future threats and complete fore-
knowledge of enemy actions and capabilities is desirable, such
a condition is not attainable. Instead, reforming intelligence
requires changes that provide incremental yet substantive im-
provements in both threat warning and intelligence assess-
ments of enemy capabilities and likely actions. A central ele
-
ment of refor
m ef
forts thus becomes determining the type of
adjustments, the most appropriate targets for change, and the
potential implications of such changes. Like the reform efforts
and studies that preceded it, the 9/11 Commission had the
task of reforming one of the most complex areas of the US gov-
ernment. The 9/11 Commission and the resulting intelligence
reform legislation faced a daunting task—substantively im-
proving a process that by its nature is inherently uncertain
and imperfect without negatively affecting other intelligence
activities that, by and large, operated effectively.
This chapter first examines the findings and recommenda-
tions of the 9/11 Report. Some of the findings were unique to
the IC, but others shar
ed common features with previous re-
form efforts such as Goldwater-Nichols, particularly in areas
related to joint action, to imbalances in authority and respon-
sibility, and to inadequate or
ganizational structures. Further-
71
more, the commission recommended Goldwater-Nichols–like
solutions when, for example, it called for improved joint action
through the creation of a “civilian-led unified joint command
for counterterrorism”—the NCTC.
1
Second, this chapter describes the executive branch’s re-
sponse to the report’s recommendations. In acting on the 9/11
Report, President Bush signed three EOs that increased the
authority of the DCI over the intelligence budgeting process,
established the NCTC, and implemented many of the informa-
tion sharing recommendations of the 9/11 Report. Third, this
chapter reviews the congressional response that created new
organizational structures such as national intelligence centers
and the NCTC, drawing clear analogies to DOD structures en-
abled by Goldwater-Nichols. Furthermore, Congress estab-
lished the position of DNI and sought to further clarify the new
DNI’s budgetary and personnel authority. Fourth, this chapter
compares how the two reform efforts attempted to improve
joint action, alter the power relations among primary parties,
and improve personnel practices in both of the affected insti-
tutions. This comparison is important because the Goldwater-
Nichols Act served as a model for key aspects of the intelli-
gence reform legislation.
The 9/11 Commission Report
and Its Recommendations
The 9/11 Commission report, released on 22 July 2004, dif
-
fers in several ways from previous examinations of the IC. First,
the commission was formed not to examine the IC or even the
broader national security system, but instead to examine the
facts and causes related to the 9/11 attacks and to report its
“findings, conclusions, and recommendations for corrective
measures that can be taken to prevent acts of terrorism.”
2
Sec-
ond, the r
eport r
eads mor
e like a narrative history than a tra
-
ditional gover
nment commission report. The first 11 chapters
provide an extensive description of events that is most notable
for the absence of subjective judgments and for the focus on re-
porting the factual evidence. Only in the final two chapters ar
e
the more traditional findings and recommendations to be
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
72
found. Even here there are differences: most reports have taken
an approach of explicitly listing findings, followed immediately
by recommendations. The 9/11 report does not explicitly high-
light findings and instead focuses on 47 recommendations that
affect multiple aspects of government.
The 9/11 Report’s recommendations were controversial and
led to some charges that the recommendations lacked congru-
ence with the factual reporting contained in the rest of the re-
port, were overly prescriptive, and failed to account for
changes within the IC since the 9/11 attacks.
3
In criticizing
the report’s structural recommendations, one commentator
found that faulting systemic intelligence failures misses the
larger point that “it is almost impossible to take effective ac-
tion to prevent something that hasn’t occurred previously.”
4
Others critiqued the report’s failure to adequately identify the
problems in need of solutions.
5
In other words, the report did
not adequately explain the cause and effect of intelligence fail-
ures. Despite these and other criticisms, both Congress and
the president acted upon significant portions of the report’s
recommendations.
A review of these findings suggests one reason why the com
-
mission chose the Goldwater-Nichols metaphor: many of its
findings resemble the criticisms of the DOD prior to the pas-
sage of Goldwater-Nichols. The report contained five sets of
recommendations, of which the first three have elements of
commonality with DOD reform efforts and are most relevant to
the present study. They address improving interagency joint
action, improving the IC’s structure, and, somewhat less di-
rectly, improving information sharing.
Improving Joint Action
Both the pre–Goldwater-Nichols DOD and the IC prior to
9/11 suffered failures of joint action, albeit with different or-
ganizational structures contributing to these failures. The IC’s
failur
es involved lack of coor
dinated effort among multiple
agencies across multiple cabinet-level departments versus the
DOD’s failures to coordinate action among separate military
services within a single department. The 9/11 Report cited the
IC’s inability to pull together all sour
ces of information, “as-
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
73
sign responsibilities across the agencies,” and track and re-
solve problems.
6
Thus, there were two aspects of effective joint
action—intelligence and planning. On the intelligence front,
the report noted the need to pool information and centralize
analytic resources to create a more accurate analytic picture.
The 9/11 Report identified the need for more effective joint op-
erational planning as a second aspect of the issue and found
current interagency efforts within various departments/agen-
cies and on the NSC staff lacking.
7
The proposed solution to this problem was the development
of a new type of organizational construct: “a civilian-led uni-
fied joint command for counterterrorism,” nominally titled the
NCTC, which would oversee both joint intelligence and joint
planning.
8
The joint intelligence aspect of such a center would
coordinate and conduct long-term analysis, net assessments,
and warning on the terrorist threat. The joint planning aspect
was less clear, particularly as regards the relationship be-
tween planning and execution, although the report did specify
that the NCTC would not direct the execution of efforts, in-
stead leaving that aspect to the tasked agencies.
9
Altering Power Relations
The 9/11 Report noted that there was no “quarterback”
within the IC who “called the plays,” which created conditions
where “responsibility and accountability were diffuse.”
10
Such
an imbalance can imperil joint action, as chapter 2 described.
To address this situation, the report recommended the NCTC
be given hiring authority for individuals in specific counterter-
rorism organizations in the FBI, CIA, and DOD.
11
The 9/11 Report also considered the relative power of the
leader of the IC and listed six problems: (1) structural barriers
to performing joint intelligence work, (2) lack of common stan-
dards across the foreign-domestic divide, (3) divided manage-
ment of national intelligence capabilities, (4) weak capacity (of
the DCI) to set priorities and move r
esour
ces, (5) too many jobs
(for the DCI), and (6) an organization that was too complex and
secret.
12
The first problem was related to the inability to “con-
nect the dots” and failur
e to per
for
m “integrated, all-source
analysis.” The 9/11 Commission r
ecommended the creation of
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
74
analytic centers to tackle enduring problems such as coun-
terterrorism and counterproliferation. The report attributed
the final five problems to the DCI’s lack of authority, which
undermined the DCI’s ability to oversee the IC, establish and
enforce common rules and policies, reduce duplication, and
make necessary resource decisions. It identified the three fun-
damental authorities that a true head of the IC would require:
control of the budget, hire-and-fire authority over senior man-
agers of the IC, and the ability to set common standards and
policy.
1
3
Unlike Goldwater-Nichols in which the service chiefs re-
mained dual-hatted as both the chiefs of their respective ser-
vice and members of the JCS, the 9/11 Commission recom-
mended separating the DCI’s roles and creating a national
intelligence director (NID) rather than creating other bur
eau-
cratic incentives to balance the competing interests of leaders
serving in two roles. Under the recommendations, the NID
would oversee multiple intelligence centers created in the vein
of the NCTC; would be the president’s principal intelligence
advisor; would plan, program, and budget r
esources for na-
tional intelligence; and would establish policies and standar
ds
for the IC.
Improving Information Sharing
The third set of recommendations concerned removing the
barriers to information sharing. While DOD reform in this area
primarily focused on improving interoperability among sys-
tems, the 9/11 Report identified both “human and systemic
resistance to sharing information.”
14
Here the commission
noted that cultural challenges strongly favored protecting in-
formation (including sources and methods) over sharing infor-
mation. The commission found current practices “nurture
overclassification and excessive compartmentation,” with in-
centive structures strongly favoring protecting information at
the expense of sharing.
15
The recommendations included increased incentives to pro-
mote the need to share over the need to know and to imple-
ment better infor
mation technology strategies to better facili
-
tate infor
mation sharing.
16
The r
eport left unsaid how
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
75
incentives would be structured and implemented to encourage
a cultural shift favoring information sharing. It also did not
discuss whether technical constraints might exist that would
inhibit rapid implementation.
Other Issues
The final two major sets of recommendations related to im-
proving congressional oversight of intelligence and improving
domestic defense efforts. The report recommended that Con-
gr
ess consolidate its oversight committees and structures for
both intelligence and homeland security, citing multiple juris-
dictional issues that inhibited proper “oversight, support and
leadership.”
17
A final set of recommendations focused on the FBI, the home-
land defense missions of US Northern Command (USNORTH-
COM), and the DHS. The report did not r
ecommend cr
eating a
domestic intelligence agency or passing legislation to improve
FBI counterterrorism intelligence efforts; instead, it recom-
mended that the FBI continue the internal reform efforts begun
after the attacks.
18
The r
eport was silent on why one of the or-
ganizations with a major role in the events preceding the attacks
should rely on internal reform efforts whereas the majority of
the other intelligence or
ganizations r
equired external, congres-
sional action to ensure long-term reform.
Executive Branch Response
to the 9/11 Report
Unlike most previous reform efforts and investigations, the
9/11 Report and its recommendations galvanized both Con-
gress and the president to respond quickly and substantively.
The executive branch released three EOs on 27 August 2004
that implemented key aspects of the 9/11 Report’s first three
sets of recommendations.
19
Improving Joint Action
Addr
essing the failur
e of joint action, EO 13354, National
Counterterr
orism Center
, 27 August 2004, established the
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
76
NCTC. In doing so the president, using language remarkably
similar to that in the 9/11 Report, granted the center the au-
thority to “conduct strategic operational planning for counter-
terrorism” and to serve as the primary organization for the
analysis and integration of terrorism information.
20
The EO
echoed the 9/11 Report’s recommendation and prohibited the
NCTC from directing actual operations.
Because of statutory limitations, the president could not
create a DNI. The EO instead placed the NCTC under the con-
trol of the DCI. To preclude information sharing difficulties,
the EO required agency heads to provide the NCTC access to
all terrorist data and to provide personnel, funding, and other
resources “after consultation with the head of the agency and
with the approval of the director of the Office of Management
and Budget.”
21
Altering Power Relations
The next EO, 13355, Strengthened Management of the In-
telligence Community, 27 August 2004, amended EO 12333,
United States Intelligence Activities, 4 December 1981, and
addr
essed the r
eport’s findings on the DCI’s relative lack of
power by strengthening the DCI’s budgetary authority. In lan
-
guage similar to that of Goldwater-Nichols, the or
der made the
DCI the “principal advisor to the president for intelligence mat-
ters” rather than the “primary advisor.”
22
The order added new
provisions requiring the DCI to emphasize information sharing
practices and to develop new standards to create interoper-
ability among agency information systems, and specified that
countering terrorism was “a matter of the highest national se-
curity priority.”
23
The order addressed the foreign-domestic in-
telligence divide that the 9/11 Commission had indicated im-
peded information sharing by tasking the DCI to manage
collection activities “whether information is to be collected in-
side or outside the United States.”
24
On the budgetary fr
ont, the executive or
der became aligned
with existing law and tasked the DCI to participate in the de-
velopment of the annual budgets for DOD’s military intelli-
gence pr
ograms—the joint military intelligence pr
ogram (JMIP)
and the tactical intelligence and r
elated activities (TIARA) pro-
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
77
gram. More significantly, the order gave the DCI the authority
to transfer funds within the NFIP with the approval of the di-
rector of the OMB and with no mention of a requirement for
concurrence from either an agency or department head.
25
The
ability to transfer NFIP funds without departmental concur-
rence represented a significant increase in the DCI’s authority
that would later be reduced by legislation. The DCI’s authority
was further strengthened by requiring DCI concurrence in the
appointment of the heads of any intelligence organization
within the IC.
2
6
Finally, hearkening back to Goldwater-Nichols
joint personnel practices, the EO required the DCI to establish
“an integrated professional development and education sys-
tem” to encourage service in multiple IC organizations and
“make such rotated service a factor to be considered for pro-
motion to senior positions” within the IC.
27
Improving Information Sharing
The third EO, 13356, specified new policies and responsibil-
ities to impr
ove infor
mation sharing. The or
der requir
ed agen-
cies to design information systems to allow the interchange of
infor
mation among agencies and state and local gover
n-
ments.
28
It also requir
ed the DCI to set standar
ds for sharing
terrorism-r
elated information and suggested that the stan-
dards include many of the methods included in the 9/11 Re-
port, such as (1) creating unclassified versions of products
whenever possible by removing information on sources and
methods, (2) creating products at multiple classification levels,
(3) removing originator controls from products, (4) minimizing
the use of compartmentalization, and (5) increasing personnel
incentives for sharing information.
29
The order also created an
information systems council, with representatives from all the
departments with counterterrorism missions, to oversee the
establishment of an “information sharing environment” with
the apparent intent of improving the interoperability of auto-
mated systems.
These three EOs went quite far toward implementing many of
the 9/11 Report’s recommendations. In a different political en-
vir
onment such changes might have been suf
ficient; however
,
for a variety of r
easons Congress also felt compelled to act.
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
78
Legislative Branch Response
to the 9/11 Report
The legislative branch also reacted quickly. On 30 July
2004, only eight days after the report’s release, Congress held
its first of approximately 30 hearings on the 9/11 Commis-
sion’s findings.
30
Multiple committees, including both cham-
bers’ intelligence, judiciary, and armed services committees
and the Senate Governmental Affairs Committee, impaneled
expert witnesses to cover multiple aspects of the report and its
recommendations.
On 23 September the Senate Governmental Affairs Commit-
tee introduced intelligence reform legislation, which the Sen-
ate passed on 6 October
.
31
The House r
esponded with its own
bill on 9 September and a revised bill on 24 September that
passed on 8 October.
32
The two chambers then attempted to
reconcile their versions of the bill prior to the November elec-
tions but did not succeed in doing so despite heavy pressure
fr
om for
mer 9/11 Commission members and victims’ family
advocacy gr
oups. After the election, Pr
esident Bush signaled
that passing intelligence reform legislation remained a prior-
ity. Finally, after a series of compr
omises, Congress passed the
reform legislation, and President Bush signed the Intelligence
Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 into law on 17
December 2004.
33
Some Possible Reasons for Success
Why this reform effort succeeded where so many prior ones
had failed is open to debate. Multiple reasons probably con-
tributed to the passage of the intelligence reform bill, includ-
ing the impact the attacks had on the nation’s consciousness,
the continued relevance of the threat, lobbying by relatives of
the 9/11 victims and commission members, the support of the
president, and proximity to the presidential election.
Often, as in the case of the Church and Pike investigations
and Rockefeller Commission, studies are conducted in response
to a discrete set of events. By the time the investigations con-
clude, often years after the initial impetus, the same events may
no longer be as salient, may have been overtaken by mor
e
pr
ess
-
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
79
ing matters, or may have been addressed through a combina-
tion of internal reforms and executive branch activity that ob-
viated the need for more concrete legislative action. Another,
decidedly more cynical, view would suggest that some commis-
sions are formed to give the appearance of action where none is
intended. Other reform efforts, such as Boren-McCurdy,
IC21,
and Aspin-Brown, produced valid findings and recommenda-
tions, but in the absence of agreed-upon and compelling rea-
sons for change. Senator Jay Rockefeller, in discussing why
previous recommendations had not been enacted, stated,
“There was no sort of galvanizing event or series of events and
the will, therefore, in the Congress, joining with the adminis-
tration, never came to be.”
34
In other words, with no major in-
terest group advocating reform and no notable recent failures,
the will to effect change was significantly undermined.
By contrast, although the 9/11 Report was released nearly
three years after the attacks, the reasons for reform remained
compelling after the commission had completed its work.
35
Less clear is why the executive branch response did not short-
circuit legislative action, as happened in pr
evious cases.
36
One
possible explanation is that the executive branch was far mor
e
supportive of legislative action. Furthermore, in contrast to
many intelligence issues, a strong victims’ advocacy group lob-
bied members of Congress and worked through the media,
further ensuring that the issue stayed in the public’s con-
sciousness.
Legislative Foundations and Focus
The nature of the legislative changes represents an amalga-
mation of earlier intelligence reform recommendations com-
bined with aspects of the 9/11 Commission’s recommenda-
tions. Senator Lieberman, in remarks on the Senate floor,
confirmed that the legislation was influenced by multiple
sources, including the 9/11 Report, the joint investigation by
the House and Senate intelligence committees, and prior stud
-
ies dating back 50 years.
37
The legislation added Goldwater-
Nichols–like initiatives with an eye toward improving the IC.
Employing Goldwater
-Nichols–like r
efor
ms and language was
decidedly intentional. The 9/11 Report, 9/11 commissioners
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
80
in prepared testimony, the Senate report accompanying the
legislation, and congressional statements all attested to the
relevance of implementing similar reforms for the IC.
38
Thus
the foundations of the legislation were a mixture of recommen-
dations from earlier reform studies, new executive orders, rel-
evant reform measures from Goldwater-Nichols, and the rec-
ommendations of the 9/11 Commission.
Although much of the press and reporting on the legislation
focused on the reform of the IC, only about one-fourth of the leg-
islation (58 pages out of the total 235) is devoted to intelligence,
with the remainder addressing such topics as FBI organization,
transportation security, border protection and immigration, and
terrorism prevention. Topics related to the IC included many of
the core recommendations of the 9/11 Commission as well as
legislation to improve the quality of analysis, improve IC person
-
nel practices, and create a privacy and civil liberties oversight
board. The most notable recommendations not addressed by
Congress were those related to congr
essional oversight, thus ig-
noring, for the time being, the requests of commission members
not to treat the r
ecommendations as a “Chinese menu” and pick
and choose which r
ecommendations to implement.
39
Improving Joint Action
The 9/11 Commission described two aspects of “joint ac-
tion”: intelligence and planning. The legislation codified these
aspects through two related organizational constructs: national
intelligence centers and national centers as embodied by the
NCTC and the National Counterproliferation Center (NCPC).
40
This distinction is not readily apparent without a close reading
of the legislation and a review of the colloquy between Senators
Joseph Lieberman (D-CT) and Susan Collins (R-ME) found in
the
Congressional Record.
41
Senator Lieberman clearly defined
the intent for national intelligence centers as addressing only
the intelligence aspect of joint action; in other words, they have
no planning function. The r
esponsibilities of these centers,
analogous to those of DOD unified commands, are to “provide
all-source analysis of intelligence, identify and propose to the
DNI intelligence collection and analysis r
equir
ements,” and to
pr
ovide net assessments and warnings.
42
Thus, in theory, cen
-
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
81
tralizing, analyzing, and acting upon information from across
agencies in a coordinated fashion as well as establishing center-
related tasking (collection) requirements improves joint action.
In this respect, the national intelligence centers appear to offer
a rational construct for such centralization. As a central reposi-
tory of information for analysis and reporting, the center con-
struct is assuming, partially, one of the original functions of the
CIA—to centralize intelligence analysis and production using
intelligence provided by the separate organizations of the IC.
Congress is clearly hoping to avoid some of the initial growing
pains experienced by the nascent CIA by increasing the au-
thority of the DNI.
The NCTC and the NCPC embody a second, slightly different
organizational construct. These organizations, by virtue of
their strategic operational planning mission, have both intelli-
gence and planning functions, making them roughly equiva-
lent to expanded national intelligence centers.
43
The legisla-
tion defined this planning as including “the mission, objectives
to be achieved, tasks to be performed, interagency coordina-
tion of operational activities, and the assignment of roles and
responsibilities.”
44
Senator Lieberman likened the planning di-
rectorates of these new organizations to the J3 on the joint
staff and described how such a planning process would work
by comparing it to lanes in a highway.
45
In essence, the NCTC
would choose “the lane of the highway”; that is, it would des-
ignate the executing agency and the type of activity (e.g., diplo-
matic, military, law enforcement, etc.). At the same time, the
designated agency would determine how to accomplish the as-
signed task (i.e., how to drive in the lane). The joint planning
aspect of these expanded centers thus augments or potentially
even replaces the current interagency process.
46
Altering P
ower Relations
Congress was far more detailed and specific in addressing the
9/11 Report’s second set of recommendations concerning the
establishment of a DNI with greater authority. The legislation
effectively eliminated debate concerning the dual roles of the
DCI by cr
eating the position of DNI and attempted to clarify
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
82
and expand the new DNI’s authority over budget, personnel,
and tasking relative to the former DCI’s.
The budgetary authorities involve three different parts of the
budgeting process: determining and developing the annual
budget, executing the budget, and transferring/reprogramming
funds. First, the act grants the DNI the ability to “develop and de-
termine” the national intelligence program (NIP) budget versus
the previous terminology in the National Security Act of “develop
and present.”
47
According to Senator Collins, a cosponsor of the
final bill, the word determine is essential, as it implies that “the
DNI is the decision maker regarding the budget and does not
shar
e this authority with any department head.”
48
Even within
Congress there remains some disagreement as to whether this
actually represents substantial new authority.
49
The DNI’s role in
the DOD’s development of JMIP and TIARA budgets remains the
same—participatory not directive.
Second, the act appears to provide greater budget execution
authority by requiring the OMB to apportion funds at the
DNI’s “exclusive dir
ection.”
50
The DNI may also conduct audits
and evaluation of elements of the IC to monitor compliance.
The legislation clearly expands the DNI’s execution authorities
beyond the DCI’s previous authorities; however, less clear is
the real impact of these authorities, as Congr
ess plays the key
role in appropriating funds.
In the third area of budgetary authority, the legislation in-
cr
eases the DNI’s transfer and reprogramming authority over
the NIP; however, somewhat ironically, the limitations im-
posed on this authority actually represent a decrease in au-
thority from that provided by EO 13355, which gave the DCI
unlimited authority to transfer and reprogram national intelli-
gence funds between departments and agencies.
51
The new
legislation imposes limitations on such transfers to $150 mil-
lion or 5 percent of a department’s overall NIP funds.
52
The act provides slightly greater authorities with respect to
personnel transfers by allowing the transfers for up to two
years, up fr
om the previous one-year limit, and no longer re-
quires the department head’s concurrence; however, the
transfers will be limited by futur
e procedures agreed to by the
DNI and the heads of departments.
53
The legislation r
equir
es
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
83
the DNI to concur in the appointment of the heads of various
organizations within the IC and prohibits a department head
from filling the position or recommending to the president an
individual who does not have the DNI’s concurrence.
54
The leg-
islation also authorizes the transfer of up to 100 IC personnel
to national intelligence centers as they are established. The
tasking authorities of the DNI remain largely the same as the
DCI’s with greater amplification of the DNI’s authority to
“manage and direct the tasking of, collection, analysis, pro-
duction and dissemination of national intelligence by elements
of the IC.”
55
The legislation eliminates the NSC’s role in arbi-
trating the DNI’s access to intelligence and grants the presi-
dent sole authority to make access decisions.
56
Quality of Joint Personnel
The legislation changes personnel practices within the IC—a
topic the 9/11 Commission only partially addressed.
57
In this
case, Goldwater-Nichols served as a direct model, as the intelli
-
gence legislation r
equires the DNI to create mechanisms that
“seek to duplicate for civilian personnel within the IC the joint of-
ficer management policies” established by the Goldwater-Nichols
Act.
58
Just as Goldwater
-Nichols recognized the need to
strengthen the quality of personnel serving in joint duty as-
signments, the intelligence legislation requir
es the DNI to
make similar adjustments to improve the quality of personnel
serving in key positions in the IC. The act requires the DNI to
develop improved incentives (left unspecified) for personnel
serving on the DNI staff, the national intelligence centers, or
in other IC management positions.
59
Much as joint service is
a prerequisite for promotion to the general officer ranks, the
act requires service in more than one IC organization as a
prerequisite for promotion to certain positions within the IC.
The legislation does not specify either the specific positions
or the number of positions that should carry this joint re-
quirement. The act also requires the DNI to “set standards
for education, training, and career development of personnel
of the IC.”
60
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
84
Information Sharing
The act addresses information sharing by directing the DNI
to establish uniform security standards and procedures, im-
prove information technology interoperability among IC organi-
zations, and develop policies “to resolve conflicts between the
need to share intelligence information and the need to protect
intelligence sources and methods.”
61
In addition, the act re-
quires the DNI to provide an annual report of any “statute,
regulation, policy, or practices that the Director believes im-
pedes the ability of the Director” to implement the information
sharing requirements spelled out in the act.
62
Section 1016 of the act further addr
esses 9/11 Commis
-
sion recommendations related to information sharing by di-
recting the establishment of an information sharing envi-
ronment (ISE) “for sharing terrorism information among all
appr
opriate Federal, State, local, and tribal entities, and the
private sector” through a mixtur
e of procedural guidelines
and technologies.
63
The act directs the president to estab-
lish guidelines for sharing information in “its most share-
able form, such as the use of tearlines to separate out data
from the sources and methods by which the data are ob-
tained.”
64
To ensure that progress is made towards imple-
menting the ISE, the act directs the president to provide a
report to Congress specifying, among other items, the de-
tails of the ISE, cost estimates to fully implement the ISE,
metrics and enforcement mechanisms, and training require-
ments.
65
The act also establishes a program manager for the
ISE and an information sharing council to oversee imple-
mentation of the ISE and recommend necessary technical or
procedural changes. Finally, the act directs the president to
submit annual reports on the state of the ISE and informa-
tion sharing activities across the government.
66
This annual
r
eport appears designed to pr
ovide executive accountability
in the creation and maintenance of the ISE, as well as de-
scriptions of the extent of information sharing not only across
the federal government but with state, local, and tribal offi-
cials as well.
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
85
Preliminary Legislative Analysis
Congress unquestionably intended to incorporate Goldwater-
Nichols–like reforms and language in the intelligence reform
legislation. One approach to estimating the potential effective-
ness of the intelligence reform legislation is to compare the ap-
plicable measures in the legislation to those in the Goldwater-
Nichols Act. Such an examination may provide a better
appreciation of how the two pieces of legislation approached
somewhat similar issues.
The use of multiple Goldwater-Nichols analogies by the
9/11 Commission and the ensuing legislation highlights the
relevance of such a comparison. Important aspects include
how each reform effort attempted to improve joint action, alter
the power relations among the primary parties, and impr
ove
personnel practices. Another area—improved information
sharing—is less applicable to Goldwater-Nichols; therefore,
the following section examines potential difficulties with im
-
plementing the various information sharing objectives without
refer
ence to DOD reform.
Improving J
oint Action
In some respects comparison between the DOD and the IC
may not be appr
opriate, as the concept of
joint action has dif
-
ferent meanings in the different contexts. Within the DOD,
joint action is associated with the planning and execution of
military operations by two or more military services. In the
context of the 9/11 Report and the ensuing legislation, joint
action involved drawing relevant intelligence from across the
government, requiring greater cooperation among intelligence
agencies, and creating a single “quarterback” to assign roles
and responsibilities.
67
Goldwater-Nichols attributed much of the failure of military
joint action to the r
elatively weak authority of the combatant
commanders. As described in chapter 2, the act addressed
this deficiency by vesting greater authority in the combatant
commanders, while maintaining the train, organize, and equip
functions within the services and giving the combatant com
-
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
86
manders relatively little authority over the military services’
planning, programming, and budgeting activities.
Congress created two new organizational constructs to ad-
dress two different aspects of joint action: intelligence and
planning. It drew an analogy between the intelligence con-
structs (national intelligence centers) and DOD unified com-
mands and the planning ones (e.g., the planning directorate of
the NCTC) and the J3 on the joint staff. While Congress’s in-
tent was clear, there are important differences between these
new organization constructs and the DOD organizational con-
structs they seek to partially replicate.
Likening national intelligence centers to unified commands
is reasonable if the analogy is meant to describe an organiza-
tional construct that seeks to bring together multiple semi-
independent organizations under a single leader. The underly-
ing assumption is that this single leader would more effectively
coordinate and conduct joint activities. The advantage of such
a construct is that it focuses responsibility and accountability
on a single individual. For national intelligence centers, mor
e
effective joint action implies greater information sharing, en-
hanced thr
eat warning, and mor
e accurate and complete analy-
sis. Under these assumptions the center construct appears to
offer a r
easonable alternative to impr
ove the quality of intelli
-
gence in specifically designated areas. However, the center di-
rectors face at least two potential difficulties.
First, a center dir
ector’s control over assigned personnel is
less clear than that of a unified commander. Goldwater-
Nichols granted combatant commanders greater control over
subordinate personnel, including full hire-and-fire authority,
disciplinary authority, and the ability to assess individual
performance (a key component of future promotions). Apply-
ing the lessons of DOD reform suggests the positive benefit of
permanently assigning personnel to national intelligence cen-
ters versus relying on loans or details of personnel for tempo-
rary periods. Per
manent assignments pr
omote stability and
institutional lear
ning, reduce training and orientation costs,
and grant the center supervisors the ability to assess per-
for
mance and thereby potentially influence future promo-
tions.
68
T
o be sur
e, many workers within the centers would
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
87
likely fully support center efforts; however, knowing that the
owning center would be writing performance appraisals
would add incentives to accord greater allegiance and effort to
the working center.
Second, the centers will likely be more heterogeneous than
similar military organizations. Within the military, each of the
services maintains a unique culture; however, at a more macro
level, military members across the services share a more generic
culture associated with the military profession of arms. The IC
has multiple cultural dividing points—military versus civilian,
analytic versus collection mind-sets, and departmental mission-
related cultures (e.g., DOD versus Department of State, FBI
versus CIA). Creating a shared culture, while beyond the scope
of the legislation, is nonetheless often considered an essential
ingredient in promoting joint action and may become one of
the biggest challenges to successful implementation.
69
In sum,
it appears that centers will have less authority over personnel
assigned, and face potentially greater cultural challenges than
the DOD faced after Goldwater
-Nichols.
The second aspect of joint action, that is, planning, repre-
sents a mor
e difficult comparison with existing DOD struc
-
tures. The analogy of the NCTC’s planning directorate to the
joint staff J3 is pr
oblematic because the J3’s role within the
DOD decidedly differs from what intelligence reformers envi-
sioned for the NCTC. In the DOD model, the vast majority of
planning is conducted by a combatant commander’s or a des
-
ignated JFC’s staff and executed through the combatant arms
also assigned to or controlled by the same commander.
70
The
role of the joint staff (and the services and some DOD agen-
cies) is to review the plans.
71
In contrast, based upon congres-
sional testimony, it appears Congress expects the NCTC to
play a more hands-on role in planning than simply reviewing
plans developed by other agencies or departments.
The task of joint planning represents a considerable depar-
tur
e fr
om the DOD model that the r
ecommendation purports
to emulate. It appears that the NCTC will initially have less au
-
thority over personnel assigned, have significantly less control
over the conduct of operations, and will face gr
eater cultural
challenges than the DOD faced after Goldwater
-Nichols. Joint
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
88
action in the DOD was improved because the joint organiza-
tions both planned and executed operations, with forces di-
rectly assigned to a single organization. After Goldwater-
Nichols, there were often disagreements in the conduct of
operations and the proper use of service forces among joint
force commanders and their component commanders; how-
ever, invariably, the services were forced to accede to the joint
commander’s desires.
72
Because the NCTC conducts planning of operations and not
their execution, there is a looser coupling between planning and
execution than currently exists within the DOD. This could pro-
duce incr
eased frictional delays in both the planning and exe-
cution of proposed operations.
73
Also, the legislation does not
address the nature and specificity of the plans or a depart-
ment’s or agency’s responsibilities in implementing the plans if
they disagree with portions of the plans or roles assigned. Be-
cause the center director has no control over operational ele-
ments, the overall power of the director to enforce the execution
of plans is less clear
. For example, if USNORTHCOM received
concurrent tasking requiring the use of similar resources from
the NCTC and DOD, who would r
esolve the conflict—the NSC,
the president, or some type of existing or new interagency
process? While not necessarily insur
mountable, these issues
would likely seriously complicate implementation.
In all likelihood, successful planning will require coopera-
tion among departments and agencies for successful execu
-
tion. It might also require yet another interagency construct—
a scenario that runs counter to the 9/11 Report, which
suggests officials should not have to overcome structural or
bureaucratic obstacles in the performance of missions.
74
Recognizing the potential for disagreement, Congress estab-
lished an appeals process whereby the DNI would resolve dis-
putes between the NCTC and department heads, leaving the
department or agency head the opportunity to appeal the de-
cision to the pr
esident. The pr
ocess for r
esolution and appeals
of conflicts with the individual departments r
elies on the DNI’s
power vis-à-vis the department heads. If the DNI maintains a
str
ong personal relationship with the president, there is a rea-
sonable chance the appeals pr
ocess could work; if not, the
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
89
NCTC’s ability to plan operations could be significantly under-
mined.
75
Moreover, this process places the president, who has
decidedly limited time, in a managerial position of having to
resolve disputes on resource and planning issues.
In some ways the planning function more closely resembles
the DOD prior to Goldwater-Nichols, with the combatant com-
mander in that era relying on the cooperation of the service ele-
ments to carry out operations and having reduced authority
to
control the conduct of those operations.
76
This suggests
that the NCTC may not be the best construct to combine ele
-
ments of planning and operations. Instead, an interagency
construct created in the vein of Goldwater-Nichols would pro-
vide the leader of such an organization greater control over the
forces and personnel charged with executing the developed
plans.
77
In addition a more flexible construct may be more ap-
propriate than permanent planning organizations like the
NCTC. Under this more flexible construct, notionally termed a
joint interagency task force (JITF), the department or organi-
zation with the greatest resources supporting the operation
would lead the JITF, with other organizations providing neces-
sary support as required. To follow the DOD analogy, an ini-
tial interagency process would establish a JITF and assign a
commander based upon the natur
e of the intended opera-
tions.
Thus if the operation is envisioned to be primarily a
law-enforcement operation, the JITF commander would come
fr
om DOJ, a predominately military operation would have a
DOD commander, and so forth. The interagency process would
then give the JITF commander operational control of personnel
necessary to accomplish the mission. Thus departments and
government organizations would find themselves in various
supporting and supported r
elationships, depending upon the
overall natur
e of the task.
78
Further
mor
e, the JITF appr
oach
could be applied acr
oss multiple mission ar
eas—not just
counterterr
orism. Under such a construct the national intelli
-
gence centers would be r
oughly analogous to the joint intelli-
gence centers within the unified commands by providing intel-
ligence support to JITFs but not planning or overseeing the
execution of operations.
79
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
90
Altering Power Relations
When different parties represent competing tensions, one way
to recalibrate the underlying balance is to alter the power rela-
tionship of the parties.
80
The 9/11 report specified three formal
authorities essential for the head of any agency: budgetary au-
thority, hire/fire authority, and the ability to set standards.
81
Al-
tering the distribution of these authorities represents one way to
adjust a power relationship more formally.
82
Thus, by more
clearly specifying the authorities of principal office holders, Con-
gress, through legislation, or the president, through EO, can in-
crease the legitimate authority of an agency head. Another option
is to use more informal means, such as altering the r
elative sta-
tus of the parties. In this way, the actual or perceived relation-
ship with the president can increase the status or prestige of the
DCI vis-à-vis the competing parties.
83
In the Goldwater-Nichols example, Congress adjusted the
balance of power between the JCS chairman and the service
chiefs. The legislation incr
eased the chairman’s informal
power by making the CJCS the primary advisor to the presi-
dent, thereby in effect increasing the chairman’s status vis-à-
vis the service chiefs. In addition, the joint staff was assigned
to work for the chairman, thus removing much of the services’
control over the staff. Notably, the chairman gained little for-
mal authority in ter
ms of incr
eased power over service bud-
gets or personnel. This suggests that increases in formal au-
thority are not always necessary to alter power relationships.
The crafters of intelligence reform recognized a need to in-
crease the power of the DNI relative to two key sets of actors:
the various component organizations of the IC and the depart-
ments housing intelligence organizations. To that end, the leg-
islation focused on increasing both the formal and informal
aspects of the DNI’s authority.
The formal aspects of the DNI’s authority—budgetary, per-
sonnel, and tasking—should enable the director to exercise
mor
e complete and ef
fective contr
ol over the IC. The DNI has
many cabinet-level r
esponsibilities, such as planning, pr
o
-
gramming, and budgeting for major systems; establishment of
unifor
m policies across the enterprise; and providing broad
planning guidance.
84
However
, with the exception of the CIA,
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
91
the NCTC, and community management staff, no intelligence
organizations report directly to the DNI. Thus, unlike a depart-
ment head, the DNI is tasked to lead and coordinate organiza-
tions that are dispersed throughout the executive branch,
most of which report to other cabinet-level officials, further
complicating the DNI’s ability to manage.
85
The DNI maintains
hiring authority in conjunction with department heads and
has some limited abilities to shift personnel within the com-
munity; however, they are considerably reduced when com-
pared to those of a department head.
While the DNI’s formal powers are essential, a less formal
aspect of the position’s power, namely the relationship the DNI
maintains with the president, may be just as important. Cer-
tainly in the case of DOD reform the increased prestige of the
CJCS was a critical aspect of the chairman’s power base.
86
The same may be the case for the DNI, as the position’s formal
authority is no guarantee against disputes with the department
heads on a variety of issues ranging from programmatic deci-
sions to resource allocation to intelligence support for depart-
mental requir
ements. This is because the IC exists to support
a variety of gover
nmental customers. It is an interagency orga
-
nization for a reason: multiple government organizations with
diverse missions need intelligence support to better accom-
plish their assigned tasks. Therefore, department heads retain
the ability to appeal DNI decisions to the president. In these
instances, formal authority is less relevant and the status of
the DNI relative to the department head (i.e., who has the
stronger relationship with the president) may become the de-
ciding factor. This does not imply that the formal authorities
of the DNI are insignificant, but it suggests that the DNI’s
power base has multiple components, some of which are r
ela-
tively immune from legislative action.
Quality of Joint Personnel
In many r
espects the intelligence r
eform legislation most
closely mirrors Goldwater-Nichols reform in the area of joint
personnel practices. Goldwater-Nichols addressed the poor
quality of joint personnel by mandating that personnel serving
in joint positions be pr
omoted at rates at least equivalent to
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
92
service promotion rates, requiring completion of joint duty
prior to promotion to the general officer corps, increasing the
number of joint authorizations, and lengthening the minimum
duration of joint assignments. The act also levied congres-
sional reporting requirements on the DOD to detail how suc-
cessful the department was in meeting the requirements laid
out by the act.
Instead of providing similarly detailed requirements, the in-
telligence reform legislation directs the DNI to establish mecha-
nisms comparable to those of the Goldwater-Nichols Act. The
legislation directs equivalent promotion rates for intelligence
personnel serving in select positions and the use of incentives
to encourage joint duty.
87
It requires the DNI to establish
mechanisms to rotate select IC personnel throughout the com-
munity to encourage breadth and allows the DNI to determine
positions where the completion of a joint duty assignment is
required prior to promotion; however, the number and grade
level are left unspecified. Finally, the act does not specify the
minimum duration of joint assignments.
The success of replicating the DOD’s joint duty practices
rests almost entirely with the DNI and his or her staf
f. Track-
ing the promotion rates of personnel filling joint positions is
relatively easy; it is the other portions of the DOD’s joint duty
practices that should not be ignored. If Goldwater-Nichols is
to serve as an example, then the keys to success include des-
ignation of a lar
ge number of senior positions requiring joint
duty experience and specificity in policy describing joint per-
sonnel practices. To ensure a broader infusion of a joint cul-
ture, prudence would suggest that more senior positions
within the IC require joint experience for promotion rather
than fewer. The requirement that every general officer within
the military have joint experience has undoubtedly con-
tributed to a greater appreciation of the other services’ capa-
bilities and engendered a more joint perspective. Another po-
tentially important element of success is pr
escribing minimum
assignment length for joint cr
edit to prevent creating a revolv-
ing door with various joint duty assignments where individu-
als fill positions for short periods of time to r
eceive joint credit.
Finally, the DOD cr
eated joint educational opportunities to
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
93
further standardize the training of military personnel in joint
matters. Currently, within the IC there is no similar type of
standardized training on how to be a professional intelligence
officer.
88
Finally, the number of departments involved complicates es-
tablishing common policies and procedures. Congress recog-
nized this difficulty in certain instances. For example, the intel-
ligence reform act requires the establishment of uniform
policies related to personnel security and requires the president
to select a single agency to perform required security investiga-
tions.
89
The act also requires more standardization in analytic
tradecraft and quality across the IC.
90
However, if standardiza-
tion across the community is the objective, significant addi-
tional areas remain in need of policy congruence, such as train-
ing, education, and personnel practices to include hiring, firing,
and promotion. The mixture of military and civilian personnel
who comprise the IC further complicates the task, making stan-
dardization in areas such as promotion, career incentives, and
even training and education more difficult than it would be
within a single department or organization. A further limiting
factor is the power of the DNI to enforce additional standardiza-
tion not mandated by law. In such instances, the DNI may have
to rely on the cooperation of the department heads to achieve
the sought-after policy congruence.
Improved Information Sharing
Nothing in the Goldwater-Nichols Act directly parallels the
mandate to improve information sharing in the IC. The closest
resemblance is in the act’s focus on interoperability of systems
among the services. The scope of intelligence reform spanned
human as well as technical systems and therefore involved a
wider-ranging series of mandates.
Taken in total, the information sharing section of the act im-
poses some of the most detailed requirements on the executive
branch and potentially may be the most difficult to implement
considering the diversity of information infrastructures the
ISE is attempting to consolidate. Compounding the difficulty
will be dif
fering security clearance levels that ISE participants
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
94
will likely have, particularly when the sharing environment is
extended to the state and local levels.
Another obstacle that may arise is assessing the type of in-
formation to be shared. Although the act defines
terrorism in-
formation
, determining whether individual pieces of informa-
tion are terrorism related may not always be easy. Data that
at first appear irrelevant may in a larger context have impor-
tant terrorism-related implications. In the absence of sharing
all information among all agencies (an even greater logistical
hurdle), this may further complicate implementation.
The required annual report may, over time, become a signif-
icant tool to allow the DNI to highlight either bureaucratic in-
transigence or statutory limitations. In the event of an intelli-
gence failure in the future, the report may also limit the ability
of the DNI or a center director to claim lack of intelligence from
one or more organizations in the IC as a factor in the failure.
Thus, the annual report could offer a powerful incentive for
greater information sharing in the future.
Other difficulties could potentially include dealing with
problems of information overload, training analysts to recog-
nize and use different sources and types of information, and
training all staff to use new IT systems and pr
ograms.
91
Such
issues could significantly complicate implementation. Ther
e
are also technical and procedural challenges. Although the
DOD has made significant progress, C3 infrastructures among
the military services are still not completely inter
operable.
92
If
the DOD has not yet fully succeeded, the likelihood of creating
a standardized data-sharing and communications architec-
ture among the intelligence agencies is remote in the near
term and would likely face significant monetary, technical,
and bureaucratic impediments.
Summary
It is far too early to determine whether the recently passed
intelligence reform will have a similar impact on the IC as
Goldwater-Nichols had on the DOD. Establishment of the
NCTC and the corresponding centralization of personnel and
r
esources may improve elements of joint action, particularly
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
95
those elements related to terrorism. Additional information
sharing measures incorporated in the legislation should also
assist in this effort. The effectiveness of future operational
planning is uncertain, given the relative lack of authority of
both the NCTC director and the DNI over the departments and
agencies they are trying to direct.
With the exception of the NCTC, the legislation did not funda-
mentally alter the structure of the IC. Instead, it split the two
roles of the former DCI—head of the IC and director of the CIA—
and reassigned the personnel supporting each of the positions,
as required. There was some increase in personnel to support
community management efforts, but the general effect was to
move the DNI up one level in the IC hierarchy and remove the
CIA fr
om its position of pr
eeminence within the IC and place it
on a more equal footing with the rest of the intelligence agen-
cies. While Congress increased the DNI’s budgetary authority,
the DNI still possesses less authority than the average depart-
ment head and will likely have to continue to rely as much on
interpersonal relationships and cooperation with department
and agency heads as on budgetary authorities.
93
Finally, the
priority the DNI places on impr
oving both the quality and num-
ber of joint personnel with broad IC experience will determine
the ef
fectiveness of these efforts, since Congress left the bulk of
the implementation details in the DNI’s hands.
Although the reform legislation resembles Goldwater-Nichols,
it does not r
eplicate it, and its ef
fects may be less profound. Aside
from the obvious fact that the IC is fundamentally different from
the DOD in terms of organization, personnel, resources, mis-
sions, and culture, the underlying tensions at play inhibited pre-
vious intelligence reform efforts, limited the current reform ef-
fort, and are likely to have continuing effects on the IC. The next
chapter examines some of these tensions.
Notes
1. 9/11 Report, 403 (see chap. 1, n. 3).
2.
Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2003, sec. 602 (see chap.
3, n. 108).
3. Richard A. Falkenrath, “The 9/11 Commission Report, a Review
Essay,”
International Security 29, no. 3 (Winter 2004/05): 181–82, 188.
Falkenrath states, “In short, while r
eor
ganizing the intelligence community
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
96
m
ay ultimately prove to do more good than harm, the history of 9/11 as told
by the commission does not make the case that such a reform is necessary
or even necessarily beneficial.” See also, Richard A. Posner, “The 9/11 Re-
port: A Dissent,”
New York Times, 29 August 2004, sec. 7, 1.
4. Posner, “The 9/11 Report: A Dissent,” 2.
5. James Locher, interviewed by the author, 2 February 2005. According to
Locher, a prime architect of the Goldwater-Nichols reform, determining the
problems and their underlying causes is the critical task of any reform effort,
an area where he did not see sufficient emphasis in the 9/11 Report. He stated
that the Senate Armed Services Committee staff spent nearly 18 months work-
ing this aspect of the DOD reform effort. See also Center for Strategic and
International Studies, “Guiding Principles for Intelligence Reform,” 21 Sep-
tember 2004, http://www.csis.org/0409_intelreformprinciples.pdf (accessed
31 March 2005).
6. 9/11 Report, 400 (see chap. 1, n. 3).
7. Ibid., 402.
8. Ibid., 403. Both the center construct and analogy to a unified command
have been suggested prior to the 9/11 Report. See Larry C. Kindsvater, “The
Need to Reorganize the Intelligence Community,”
Studies in Intelligence 47, no.
1, 2003, http://www.cia.gov/csi/studies/vol47no1/index.html (accessed 15
January 2005).
9. 9/11 Report, 404 (see chap. 1, n. 3).
10. Ibid., 400.
11. Ibid., 405. The report states, “the head of the NCTC must have the
right to concur in the choices of personnel to lead the operating entities of
departments and agencies focused on counterterrorism.” At a minimum the
report would provide this authority in the selection of the head of the CIA’s
Counterterrorist Center, the head of the FBI’s Counterterrorism Division,
and the commanders of US Special Operations Command (USSOCOM) and
USNORTHCOM. It makes no mention of firing authority.
12. Ibid., 408–10.
13. Ibid., 410.
14. Ibid., 416.
15. Ibid., 417.
16. Ibid., 417–18.
17. Ibid., 419.
18. Ibid., 425. See also Maj Gen Glen Shaffer, retired, interviewed by author,
3 December 2004. General Shaffer, as well as other commentators, stressed
that one of the most important steps within intelligence reform is fixing the
seam between domestic and foreign intelligence or
ganizations. This view is
supported by the WMD Commission (Robb-Silber
man), which found that
“the FBI has not constructed its intelligence program in a way that will pro-
mote integrated intelligence ef
forts, and its ambitions have led it into unnec
-
essary new turf battles with the CIA.” The Commission on the Intelligence
Capabilities of the United States Regarding Weapons of Mass Destruction,
“Report to the President of the United States,” 31 March 2005, 451.
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
97
1
9. All three executive orders are available from http://www.white
house.gov/news/orders/ (accessed 21 December 2004).
20. Executive Order 13354, National Counterterrorism Center, 27 Au-
gust 2004, sec. 3 (a)-(b).
21. Ibid., sec. 6(A)-(C)(b).
22. Executive Order 13355, Strengthened Managment of the Intelligence
Community, 27 August 2004, sec. 2. The intent of this change of wording is
unclear. Prior to Goldwater-Nichols, all of the members of the JCS were
“principal military advisors.” Goldwater-Nichols changed this by making the
JCS chairman the “principal military advisor.” The intent of legislation was
clear—to allow the JCS chairman to provide advice independent from the
service chiefs. In the case of intelligence, the DCI did not share a presiden-
tial advisory role with other members of the IC; therefore, this change may
be more symbolic than substantive.
23. Ibid., sec. 2(c) (amending EO 12333, United States Intelligence Activ-
ities, 4 December 1981, 1.5[g]).
24. Ibid., sec. 2(d) (amending EO 12333 1.5[m]).
25. Ibid., sec. 3 (amending EO 12333 1.5[n]).
26. Ibid., sec. 4(a).
27. Ibid., sec. 5(a). Goldwater-Nichols requires that officers considered
for promotion to general officer ranks have served a minimum of one joint
duty assignment.
28. EO 13356, Strengthening the Sharing of Terrorism Information to
Protect Americans, 27 August 2004, sec. 1.
29. Ibid., sec. 3. See 9/11 Report, 417–18 and specifically footnote 16
(see chap. 1, n. 3).
30. Because the report’s recommendations spanned large sections of gov-
ernment, multiple committees held hearings. The list and video feeds from the
hearings are available at http://www.cspan.org/terrorism/?Cat=Current_
Event&Code=911_Cong&ShowVidNum=10&Rot_Cat_CD=911_Cong&Rot_HT=
&Rot_WD=&ShowVidDays=365&ShowVidDesc=&ArchiveDays=100 (accessed
21 December 2004).
31. The original bill,
A Bill to Reform the Intelligence Community and the
Intelligence and Intelligence-related Activities of the United States Govern-
ment
, S. 2840, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 2004, was placed in the record on 23
September. The Governmental Affairs Committee unanimously approved S.
2845, 108th Cong., 2d sess., on 27 September 2004, and the Senate passed
the bill by a vote of 96–2.
32. The first House bill introduced was
To Implement the Recommenda-
tions of the National Commission on Terr
orist Attacks upon the United States
,
H.R. 5040, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 2004. The second version that ultimately
passed by a vote of 282–134 was
To Provide for Reform of the Intelligence
Community, T
err
orism Pr
evention and Pr
osecution, Bor
der Security, and Inter
-
national Cooperation and Coordination
, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 2004, H.R. 10.
33. The House passed the measure on 7 December by a vote of 336–75.
The Senate passed the measure on 8 December by a vote of 89–2. The law
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
98
w
as enrolled as the
I
ntelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004
,
P.L. 108-458, 17 December 2004.
34. Senator Jay Rockefeller,
Congressional Record, 27 September 2004,
S9707.
35. Dana Milbank, “Deeply Divided Country Is United in Anxiety,”
Wash-
ington Post
, 4 November 2004, A28. For example, in events leading up to the
2004 election, fears of terrorism remained a significant issue for American
voters. “Nearly everyone feared terrorism. Three-quarters of voters—sup-
porters of President Bush and John F. Kerry alike—said they were worried
there will be another major terrorist attack in the United States.”
36. See, for example, the Ford and Carter executive orders created after
the Church and Pike investigations. The executive branch could reasonably
argue that action had been taken to address the problems and further con-
gressional action was not required. Congress could, of course, have pressed
its case; however, without executive branch support such efforts would
likely have been further complicated.
37. Senator Joseph Lieberman,108th Cong., 2d sess.,
Congressional
Record
, 27 September 2004, S9704. Lieberman, in supporting the legisla-
tion, stated, “Our legislation is based not only on the comprehensive work of
the 9/11 Commission I have described but on the earlier work of the joint
House and Senate Intelligence Committees in their inquiry into matters of
intelligence, on the expertise of scores of experts who have been thinking
about this subject for decades, and on critical reports, as Senator Collins in-
dicated, that date back not 10 or 20 years but 50 years, making similar rec-
ommendations to the ones we have made. It is a tragedy that it took 9/11 to
shake us out of our bureaucratic lethargy to be on the edge of doing what
should have been done 50 years ago.”
38. Senate,
Report of the Committee on Governmental Affairs, United
States Senate to Accompany S. 2840
, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 2004, S. Report
359, 5–8.
39. John Lehman, Testimony to the House Government Reform Commit-
tee, 3 August 2004. “Our recommendations are not a Chinese menu. They
are a whole system. If all of the important elements are not adopted, it
makes it very difficult for the others to succeed.” This failure has not gone
unnoticed in Congress with Representatives Shays and Maloney publicly
calling for congressional reform. See Christopher Shays and Carolyn Ma-
loney, “Congress, Reorganize Thyself,”
Washington Post, 22 December 2004,
A27.
40. Unnamed congressional staffer interviewed by the author, 8 March
2004. It was only through this conversation that the distinction between a
national intelligence center and the NCTC became appar
ent.
41. For the complete colloquy, see
Congressional Record, 8 December
2004, S11964–S11975.
42. See also
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004,
sec. 1023. The establishment of national intelligence centers is at the dis-
cretion of the DNI. Furthermore, the legislation makes no mention of the re-
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
99
l
ated net assessments or warning requirements for national intelligence cen-
ters as Senator Lieberman described in the colloquy (see
Congressional
Record
, 8 December 2004, S11968). Such tasks appear logical for a national
intelligence center; however, their absence in legislation potentially provides
the DNI some discretion as to where these functions will be placed within
the IC. The “center” construct is not a new idea. The
IC21 study identified
seven intelligence centers in existence at the time of the report (1996), but
found that the centers were not true community constructs due to poor rep-
resentation from other organizations outside the CIA (
IC21, 269). See also
Kindsvater, who suggests using centers to manage the IC around
mission/issue and again stresses the need for community-wide participa-
tion in the centers. In creating the national intelligence center construct,
Congress appears to have adopted most aspects of Kindsvater’s recommen-
dations. However, the Kindsvater proposal diverges from the congressional
approach when it comes to the placement of the national intelligence cen-
ters within the organizational hierarchy. See
Congressional Record, 8 De-
cember 2004, S11968, for the analogy to DOD unified commands.
43.
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec. 1022.
Whether the president will choose to establish an NCPC remained unclear
as of 21 March 2005. The legislation orders the establishment of the NCPC
within 18 months; however, it allows the president to waive the require-
ments of the section if he so desires. If the distinction between national in-
telligence centers and the NCTC/NCPC continues (i.e., the strategic plan-
ning function remains in the NCTC and NCPC), then a generic title for the
latter set of organizations would be helpful. The terms
supercenters or mega-
centers
and other similar terms have obvious drawbacks as they call to mind
unrelated commercial entities. The term
Joint Intelligence and Planning Cen-
ter
(JIPC) seems to be both more descriptive and less open to potential
ridicule.
44.
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec. 1021,
adding sec. 119(j)(2) to
USC 50, 402.
45. Senator Lieberman,
Congressional Record, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 8
December 2004, S11972.
46. Ibid., S11972. This also appears to be an intrusion in executive
branch activities as it dictates, to some extent, how the executive branch
chooses to execute policy.
47. For comparison see
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act
of 2004
, sec. 1011, amending the National Security Act, sec. 102A(c)(B) ver-
sus previous
USC 50, sec. 403-3(c)(1)(A).
48. Senator Collins,
Congressional Recor
d
, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 8 De-
cember 2004, S11969.
49. Ibid., S11947. For example, Senator Specter stated during the final
debate, “The DNI is left with the power to ‘develop and deter
mine’ the na
-
tional intelligence program budget, which is effectively the same authority
that the current DCI is given over the National Foreign Intelligence Program
budget by executive order.”
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
100
5
0.
I
ntelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004
,
sec. 1011,
amending the
National Security Act, sec. 102A(c)(5)(B).
51. See EO 13355, sec. 3, which amends EO 12333 sec. 1.5(o)(1). The
legislation removes the word
foreign throughout the amended National Secu-
rity Act of 1947
. For example, the National Foreign Intelligence Program be-
came the National Intelligence Program.
52.
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec. 1011,
amending sec. 102A(d)(5)(A)(iv) of
USC 50.
53. Ibid., sec. 1011, amending sec. 102A(e)(2)(A).
54. Ibid., sec. 1014.
55. Ibid., sec. 1011, amending sec. 102A(f)(1)(A)(ii).
56.
USC 50, 403-4(a). The previous language stated, “To the extent rec-
ommended by the National Security Council and approved by the president,
the Director of Central Intelligence shall have access.” The only additional
limitations are those provided by law. For the new language, see
Intelligence
Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004
, sec. 1011, amending sec.
102A(b).
57. 9/11 Report, 409 (see chap. 1, n. 3). The most specific reference to
joint personnel practices states, “A common set of personnel standards for
intelligence can create a group of professionals better able to operate in joint
activities, transcending their own service-specific mind-sets.” What is less
clear is whether Goldwater-Nichols–like incentives for joint duty were envi-
sioned, whether there were perceived consequences with joint duty, and
whether the quality of joint personnel was deemed inadequate.
58. Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec. 1011,
amending sec. 102A(l)(3)(C).
59. Ibid., sec. 1011, amending sec. 102A(l)(1)(A)(i)–(iii). The act specifies
that the incentives could take the form of financial incentives, bonuses, or
other awards, as the DNI deemed appropriate.
60. Ibid., sec. 1011, amending sec. 102A(f)(3)(A)(ii).
61. Ibid., sec. 1011, amending sec. 102A(g)(1)(A)–(F).
62. Ibid., sec. 1011, amending sec. 102A(g)(4).
63. Ibid., sec. 1016 (b)(2).
Terrorism information is defined in the act as
“all information, whether collected, produced, or distributed by intelligence,
law enforcement, military, homeland security, or other activities relating
to— (A) the existence, organization, capabilities, plans, intentions, vulnera-
bilities, means of finance or material support, or activities of foreign or in-
ternational terrorist groups or individuals, or of domestic groups or individ-
uals involved in transnational terrorism; (B) threats posed by such groups
or individuals to the United States, United States persons, or United States
inter
ests, or to those of other nations; (C) communications of or by such
groups or individuals; or (D) groups or individuals reasonably believed to be
assisting or associated with such gr
oups or individuals.”
Intelligence Refor
m
and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004
, sec. 1016 (a)(4).
64. Ibid., sec. 1016 (d)(1).
65. Ibid., sec. 1016 (e)(1)–(11).
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
101
6
6. Ibid., sec. 1016 (h). The first report is due two years after the enact-
ment of the act.
67. 9/11 Report, 400 (see chap. 1, n. 3).
68. Unfortunately, the center’s ability to perform such assessments will
likely be hampered by the multitude of different personnel appraisal sys-
tems used by the various agencies participating in the center. For example,
within the military services it can be difficult for supervisors to use appraisal
systems from other services and thus accurately assess a subordinate’s per-
formance. In addition, each of the services often uses signaling devices
within performance appraisals to help promotion boards differentiate be-
tween star performers and average ones. Unfamiliarity with such terminol-
ogy makes the job of supervisor rating a subordinate from another service
that much more difficult. It is likely that similar difficulties will exist in joint
intelligence organizations, as supervisors of subordinates from a different
intelligence agency must learn the vagaries and unique characteristics of
multiple personnel appraisal systems.
69. James Q. Wilson, “Thinking About Reorganization” in Roy Godson,
Ernest R. May, and Gary Schmitt,
US Intelligence at the Crossroads: Agen-
das for Reform
(McLean, Va.: Brassey’s, 1995), 30. Wilson takes the need to
reform culture one step farther, stating, “The central task facing anyone pro-
posing to reorganize a Type Two agency [to include intelligence organiza-
tions] is to think through exactly what operating culture we wish to produce
among rank-and-file employees and then to design an organizational struc-
ture that will increase the chances of that culture being created and sus-
tained.” For an earlier example of implementing culture change within one
part of the IC, see Douglas J. MacEachin, “The Tradecraft of Analysis” in
Godson,
US Intelligence at the Crossroads, 72–74.
70. A final set of participants—the SecDef and CJCS—can, and often do,
have a great deal of influence on the final nature of the plan. See Cohen,
Supreme Command, 239 (chap. 2, n. 63), in describing the planning for op-
erations in Afghanistan. Cohen states, “The plan was, to be sure, General
Franks’ [the combatant commander] plan. But it was a plan hammered out
in months of grilling by Rumsfeld and his immediate subordinates; it was a
plan that was approved—grudgingly, in some cases—by the uniformed
chiefs of the services, who had no responsibility for war planning, but who
exercised an important influence on military opinion, and, potentially, on
public opinion.”
71. For a complete description of joint campaign planning, see figure 3-
3 in Joint Publication 5-00.1,
Joint Doctrine for Campaign Planning, 25 Jan-
uary 2002, 3–5. Chapter 3 of this document describes the planning process
in depth. Further
more, it is the J-7, not the J-3, that has this review task,
“OPLANs submitted to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff for review
ar
e r
eferr
ed to the J-7, which conducts and coor
dinates the final plan r
e
-
view” (3–17). See also Joint Publication 5-0,
Doctrine for Planning Joint Op-
erations
, 13 April 1995, 1–6: “The combatant commanders are responsible
for the development and production of joint operation plans.” After the com-
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
102
b
atant commander drafts a plan, the plan passes through a review process.
“Those joint operations tasked in the JSCP [Joint Strategic Capabilities Plan]
for CJCS approval are reviewed by the Joint Staff, Services, and DOD agen-
cies. All other plans are approved by the CINCs,” 1–8.
72. In both Desert Storm and Allied Force the air component command-
ers had different views on the proper employment of airpower. In both in-
stances there was some push towards a middle ground; however, in neither
case was the component commander’s initial desires fully implemented. See
chap. 2.
73. 9/11 Report, 406 (see chap. 1, n. 3). To its credit the 9/11 Report
recognized this potential stating, “The proposed NCTC would be given the
authority of planning the activities of other agencies. Law or executive order
must define the scope of such line authority.”
74. Ibid., 399. “Some of the saddest aspects of the 9/11 story are the
outstanding efforts of so many individual officials straining, often without
success, against the boundaries of the possible. Good people can overcome
bad structures. They should not have to.”
75. In the present situation the president may largely determine the
power of the DNI. If the president outwardly supports the DNI and routinely
favors the DNI’s positions over those of the department heads, then both the
real and perceived power of the DNI will grow correspondingly; however, if
the opposite occurs, a primary source of power for the DNI (the support of
the president) will be significantly undermined. This suggests that at least
some aspects of the DNI’s power base will be variable as opposed to the rela-
tive stability of purely positional power and will be based upon each presi-
dent’s behavior and actions towards the DNI and department heads.
76. Prior to 1986, the lack of a true joint force commander with control
over forces assigned and the resulting problems were evident in both the
failed Desert One operation, with each of the service’s wanting a prominent
role, and the lack of a joint air campaign in Vietnam.
77. Shaffer interview. General Shaffer described the concept as a
“Goldwater-Nichols at the interdepartmental level.”
78. The advantages of such an approach include flexibility and synchro-
nization. Flexibility is obtained by establishing JITFs in response to antici-
pated government action. This allows the government to tailor JITFs in
terms of size, organizational composition, and relative permanence in re-
sponse to specific mission requirements. Second, JITFs solve a fundamen-
tal problem of the NCTC construct—the lack of control over personnel
tasked with accomplishing a mission. The JITF commander would have op-
erational control over for
ces and thus could plan operations based upon the
for
ces assigned and then oversee execution of the plan. In these ways the
JITF construct would much more closely follow the DOD joint constructs
than the NCTC. The primary disadvantage of the JITF appr
oach is that the
task forces are temporary in nature. Thus a degree of organizational learn-
ing must occur each time a JITF is established. The DOD partially mitigates
this learning curve through the development of doctrine that specifies how
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
103
j
oint forces are organized and clearly establishes command relationships.
Training and exercises provide an additional source of learning. A JITF con-
struct would need to develop doctrine and training opportunities so that the
multiple government departments and organizations could establish an
agreed upon framework for the establishment and operation of JITFs.
79. Shaffer, interview.
80. Michael V. Hayden, interviewed by the author, 18 February 2005. In
short, the codification of authorities remains a central issue if the IC is to
become less personality dependent and consensus driven. See also Richard
M. Emerson, “Power-Dependence Relations,”
American Sociological Review
27 (1962): 31–41. Emerson’s paper describes four balancing operations to
alter power-dependence relations: withdrawal, extension of power network,
coalition formation, and emergence of status. While Emerson was focused
on social power, aspects of the balancing operations are applicable to bu-
reaucratic power adjustments, particularly coalition formation.
81. 9/11 Report, 410 (see chap. 1, n. 3). See also Kindsvater, who de-
scribes the need for hire/fire authority, personnel transfer authority, and
budgetary authority as essential elements to successful management of the
IC and the intelligence centers.
82. John R. P. French and Bertram Raven, “The Basis of Social Power,”
in
Group Dynamics, D. Cartwright and A. F. Zander, eds. (Evanston, Ill.:
Row, Peterson Publishers, 1960), 259–69. The authors set forth five bases of
social power: reward, coercive, legitimate, referent, and expert. Of the power
bases, legitimate power most clearly equates with power formally vested in
an office by statute, executive order, or policy. However, individuals holding
an office also have a degree of reward and coercive power based upon the
authorities granted by Congress or the president.
83. Hearing of the Senate Governmental Affairs Committee, “Reorganiz-
ing America’s Intelligence Community: A View from the Inside,” 16 August
2004. The variance in how presidents interact with the DCI was remarkably
evident during an exchange with Senator Lieberman and three former DCIs.
Senator Lieberman asked each whether they personally briefed the presi-
dent, and how often they spoke to him. In response, former DCI William
Webster stated he briefed President Bush on most days but that President
Reagan had taken the brief from the national security advisor. Former DCI
James Woolsey stated that President Clinton normally read the brief and
that he had two “substantive meetings” with the president in two years. Fi-
nally, Adm Stansfield Tur
ner stated that President Carter pr
eferred to read
the President’s Daily Brief but that he had a half-hour session with him
three times a week.
84. The DNI is tasked with managing and directing the “tasking, collec-
tion, analysis, production and dissemination of national intelligence.” See
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec. 1011, amend-
ing NSA, sec. 102A(f)(1)(A)(i)–(ii) for a mor
e complete description of the DNI’s
tasking and other authorities.
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
104
8
5. Joan Dempsey, interviewed by the author, 30 November 2004.
Dempsey stressed that budgetary authority is essential; however, the ability
to move personnel throughout the enterprise and have organizations directly
report to the DNI remain important elements to the DNI’s authority.
86. For example see Cohen,
Supreme Command, 191 (see chap. 2, n. 63).
“The Goldwater-Nichols legislation had made the chairman of the Joint Chiefs
of Staff the primary military adviser to the president, and in Powell’s hands
the chairmanship became an exceptionally powerfully position and one which
shut off many other sources of military advice to civilian authority.”
87.
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec. 1011,
amending the
National Security Act, sec. 102(A)(l)(1)(A). Joint positions speci-
fied include the staff of the DNI, the staff of the national intelligence centers,
the staff of the NCTC, and “other positions in support of the IC management
functions of the Director.”
88. Joan Dempsey, interviewed by the author, 30 November 2004.
89.
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec.
3001(c)(1).
90. Ibid., sec. 1019(a), which requires the assignment of an individual or
entity to “be responsible for ensuring that finished intelligence products pro-
duced by any element or elements of the IC are timely, objective, indepen-
dent of political considerations, based upon all sources of available intelli-
gence, and employ the standards of proper analytic tradecraft.”
91. Aris A. Pappas and James M. Simon, Jr., “The Intelligence Community:
2001–2015,”
Studies in Intelligence 46, 1 (2002), http://www.odci.gov/csi/
studies/vol46no1/index.html (accessed 10 April 2005). Information overload
problems include not only processing demands for the data, but the larger
human limitations to “usefully synthesize, analyze, and simply understand
what we have.”
92. Although interoperability has shown steady progress there are many
examples where work remains. For example, there is no common e-mail di-
rectory service for all DOD personnel. Likewise, the services use different
network security architectures, employing different firewalls, intrusion de-
tection systems, and other security solutions. There are also procedural
hurdles. The creation of interoperable communication systems does not
guarantee that the users of the system will share common communication
protocols. In other words, the users can talk to each other but they are using
different terminology that can create confusion.
93. See, for example, Stephen Daggett,
The US Intelligence Budget: A
Basic Overview
(Washington, D.C.: CRS, 24 September 2004), 4. “On its
face, this [legislative changes to DCI budgetary authority] gives the DCI con-
siderable authority over NFIP budgets. The statutory language, however
,
gives the secretary of defense operational control over the major defense in-
telligence agencies, even though tasking of the agencies may be issued by
the DCI. So, as a practical matter, it is the secretary of defense who has the
main authority to establish priorities.”
THE 9/11 REPORT AND INTELLIGENCE REFORM LEGISLATION
105
Chapter 5
The Push and Pull of Intelligence Reform
At our first public hearing on March 31, 2003, we noted the
need for balance as our government responds to the real
and ongoing threat of terrorist attacks. . . . This balancing is
no easy task, but we must constantly strive to keep it right.
—9/11 Report
As the epigraph above shows, the 9/11 Commission recog-
nized the need to grant the government more power in periods
of heightened threats while continuing to protect civil liberties.
This is one of the many balances that the US government
must consider as it evolves to address a wide variety of threats
in the international security environment. Just as there is a
need to maintain government-wide balances, the individual
departments and agencies must operate in the face of often
opposed requirements.
The consideration and interplay of competing interests
within
the government is not a new phenomenon. As described in
chapter 2 and by other commentators on the Goldwater-
Nichols Act, reform of the DOD involved recalibrating the
balances within the system. In a similar vein, reforming the IC
may be thought of as a recalibration of fundamental balances
that represents inher
ent and competing interests within the IC
rather than as a restructuring exercise. Understood this way,
reform requires the action of governmental actors, who adjust
these balances using a variety of more or less permanent and
dynamic recalibration mechanisms.
One balance, the degree of centralization versus decentral-
ization, is common to both defense and intelligence reform ef-
forts. Associated balances unique to intelligence reform in-
clude (1) balancing the need to share information with the
need to protect information; (2) organizational adjustments
that support “connecting the dots” while maintaining diversity
of analytic opinion; and (3) determining the proper allocation
of finite intelligence r
esour
ces to meet the needs of both na
-
107
tional policy makers and the departments, particularly sup-
port to military operations. Still other balances, while not ex-
amined in detail in this study, are likely to affect recalibration
efforts; for example, determining the proper amount of power
to vest in the government while protecting the civil rights of
citizens, as noted above. Similarly, reformers will have to con-
sider the personnel requirements of the IC’s component de-
partments as well as the staff needed to support analytic cen-
ters and other centralizing organizations. Each of these and
many other fundamental tensions are important in their own
right, because changes within the IC, structural or otherwise,
could have unintended consequences on the operation of
other aspects of the IC.
The centralization/decentralization balance will be a primary
focus of the present study because it interacts with and thus
affects many of the other balances. This chapter examines
possible reasons why the trend towards greater centralization
may now be approaching some real barriers, inhibiting further
centralization. Next, it reviews some of the associate balances
to provide further insight into the types of issues confronting
leaders within the IC as they attempt to implement reforms.
The chapter closes with a discussion of some of the unique
challenges that face r
eformers because of the interagency na
-
ture of the IC and how the Goldwater-Nichols Act addressed
somewhat analogous challenges.
Aspects of Recalibration
Recalibration attempts share several important features.
First, the interrelationships among many of the balances mean
that adjusting one may cause changes in another, complicating
any r
ecalibration and causing intended or unintended ripple ef
-
fects as changes are made. For example, as organizations be-
come more centralized there is often a corresponding trend to-
wards more generic skill sets within the workforce. By contrast,
decentralization most often encourages greater specialization as
dispersed elements focus more exclusively on their unique
tasks. In the specific example of intelligence, greater centraliza-
tion r
esulting from consolidation of analytic resources around
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
108
enduring problems should, in theory, support greater informa-
tion sharing, but this could occur at the expense of more nar-
rowly focused analytic capabilities, trained to support specific
departmental requirements.
Second, the potential consequences of adjustments are not
inevitable. While some forces encourage movement along a
continuum, measures can be taken to limit or even reverse the
movement. For example, more centralization does not make
greater generalization unavoidable although that may be the
natural course. Instead, measures such as retaining strong in-
dependent analytic shops within the constituent IC organiza-
tions may allow departmental specialization to continue. Simi-
larly, intelligence centers of the type envisioned by the 9/11
Commission would centralize analytic capabilities but might
also encourage a different type of specialization—one that is
threat-based rather than department-based.
Third, recalibrations can be accomplished by a variety of
mechanisms ranging from legislation to executive orders to
changes in internal processes and procedures. As noted previ-
ously, legislation offers a degree of permanence but lacks the
precision and responsiveness of internal mechanisms that pro-
vide more dynamic adjustments. Thus, a trade-of
f exists among
the types of mechanisms chosen to r
ecalibrate a balance.
Centralization versus Decentralization
At a fundamental level, determining the amount of centraliza
-
tion within an organization means deciding how much relative
autonomy to grant to subunits within the structure. The IC ex-
hibits a fundamental tension between a desire to maintain con-
trol over a vast enterprise to reduce duplication and improve co-
or
dination and a desir
e to allow the various departments to
maintain relatively autonomous organizations to obtain the tai-
lored intelligence support they require. Thus, the centraliza-
tion/decentralization debate can be recast in terms of cohesion
and autonomy.
1
Moreover, this balance has a significant effect on many of
the other balances. For example, the degree of centralization
can af
fect the development and implementation of organiza-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
109
tional standards, which may, in turn, affect the valence of such
other balances as the degree of specialization/generalization
or information sharing/protection. Because this balance plays
a primary role, it is important to understand how the IC has
evolved with respect to this balance and outline the relative
advantages of both centralization and decentralization before
examining why the trend towards centralization may be near-
ing some concrete barriers that make further centralization in-
cr
easingly difficult.
The National Security Act of 1947 was bor
n from a system in
which national intelligence was largely decentralized, with the
most significant efforts occurring independently within the
Departments of State, War, and Navy.
2
The passage of the act
began the first of many steps towards increasing centralization
within the IC. Initially, the DCIs, particularly Allen Dulles, fo-
cused almost exclusively on their role as director of the CIA.
However, as early as 1956, advisory bodies within the execu-
tive branch began issuing recommendations for the DCI to in-
crease managerial emphasis on IC affairs. In early 1962 Pres-
ident Kennedy directed the DCI to place greater weight on
community management over leadership of the CIA. The 1971
Schlesinger Report, the 1972 Murphy Report, the 1976 Church
Committee Report, the 1994 Aspin-Br
own Commission, and
the 1996
IC21 report all supported increased centralization
and recommended enhancing the DCI’s power over the IC to
impr
ove IC management.
The movement towards greater centralization within the IC
is not unusual and follows similar trends in other areas of the
government. Since World War II, the armed forces have be-
come more centralized, first with the creation of the Depart-
ment of Defense and then via the Goldwater
-Nichols Act. In a
similar vein, the consolidation of such pr
eviously independent
agencies as the Federal A
viation Administration, Federal High
-
way Administration, Federal Railr
oad Administration, and US
Coast Guar
d resulted in the formation of the Department of
Transportation.
3
More recently, the DHS was formed to create
“a single, unified homeland security structure” to centralize the
her
etofor
e dispersed elements of gover
nment involved in such
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
110
functions as border and transportation security and emer-
gency preparedness and response.
4
Various benefits associated with centralization have encour-
aged this trend. The fundamental functions of training and
equipping can often benefit from greater centralization. Cen-
tralization can provide greater coherence through increased
standardization across education and training programs—a
useful element to increase the overall quality of the analytic
force or other relevant intelligence functions. Increased cen-
tralization in the planning, programming, and budgeting process
also offers the chance to reduce costs and duplication by giv-
ing the decision maker an enterprise-wide view of the types,
capabilities, and costs of systems.
5
Such a comprehensive per-
spective increases the likelihood that duplicative systems can
be identified prior to full funding and that funded systems will
support the broadest possible customer set.
On the analytic front, centralization, if supported by strong in-
formation sharing, can help create a more accurate and com-
plete pictur
e of large, complex issues and threats that span more
than one agency or department. Establishing more uniform per-
sonnel systems may assist in the movement of personnel among
organizations in the community and ensure that compensation
and other incentives are distributed fairly acr
oss the enterprise.
Furthermore, consolidating authority within a single position or
organization can increase legitimate sources of power.
6
For ex-
ample, gr
eater statutory or formal authority to enforce new stan-
dards and practices may do more to attain objectives such as in-
creased information sharing than relying too much on informal
mechanisms such as cooperation and consensus, as was done
previously. Finally, centralization focuses responsibility, author-
ity, and accountability often to a single person for the conduct of
organizational activities.
7
Yet strong incentives for decentralization also remain. Good
intelligence depends on the productive blend of multiple, highly
specialized skills, and it is the IC’s component departments
that select and train the practitioners of those skills. Thus,
while analysts may benefit from some standardized and cen-
tralized training, they also likely r
equire more tailored training
specific to their departmental analysis r
esponsibilities. While
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
111
centralization can reduce duplication in the acquisition process,
the individual organizations may have less of a voice in advo-
cating their specific requirements. Thus, given limited resources,
systems tailored to the unique requirements of individual or-
ganizations might lack community-wide funding support. Fur-
thermore, duplication is not entirely bad, and attempting to
eliminate duplication completely has definite drawbacks. Re-
dundant capabilities enable the larger intelligence system to
respond more ably in times of crisis through greater capacity.
8
Decentralization can serve the analytic function by increasing
the likelihood that indigenous analytic resources will focus on
the unique pr
oblems and challenges facing a specific depart-
ment or agency. In this way DOD intelligence analysts can sup-
port the operational requirements of the military, while other
departmental and agency analysts can do the same for their
respective organizations. Furthermore, redundant departmen-
tal analysis shops should promote a diversity of analytic opin-
ion on broad topics while reducing the likelihood that “group-
think” pathologies may for
m. Thus the quest for greater
autonomy has a rational basis and may be less opportunistic
than some IC critics assume.
Although the recent legislation continues the trend toward
centralization, this trend may soon r
each a point where the
mar
-
ginal gains achieved from additional centralization are out-
weighed by the associated costs. For example, a further step
in the pr
ogression towards greater centralization of the IC
would be to create a cabinet-level department encompassing
the major intelligence organizations (i.e., the CIA, NSA, NGA,
and National Reconnaissance Office [NRO]), while allowing the
remaining departments to maintain separate analysis organi-
zations focused on their specific requirements.
9
While possi-
ble, such a solution would have to overcome many obstacles.
First are the costs associated with personnel. Currently
military personnel represent a significant cross section of the
IC. It is unlikely that the DOD would be willing to lose a lar
ge
number of its intelligence r
esources to a centralized intelli-
gence structure without some form of dispensation or ability
to contr
ol the personnel in support of unique DOD require-
ments.
10
Alter
natives include detailing military personnel for
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
112
extended periods or authorizing the IC to hire new personnel,
but both of these options create significant costs for either the
DOD or the government at large. There are also difficulties in
supporting the personnel requirements of intelligence centers.
Even without a complete transfer of personnel, the require-
ments to support such analytic centers as the NCTC could be-
come burdensome for those departments—for example,
State—that maintain relatively small intelligence organiza-
tions. Whether the government has adequate resources to
continue to support both departmental analytic organizations
and centers depends to some degree on the personnel require-
ments levied by the DNI to support the NCTC or other centers.
A second difficulty is the requirement of the various depart-
ments for indigenous analytic elements to support their re-
spective operational missions. Even the most dedicated re-
formers have not suggested eliminating the component
departments and agencies, which will continue to demand
specialized support. The difficulties surrounding further cen-
tralization of intelligence analysis r
eflect the balance between
generalists and specialists. The CIA was formed in part to cen-
tralize the analysis of intelligence fr
om across the IC and thus
began a small shift towards the generalist pole. The NCTC con-
tinues the trend towar
ds centralization but focuses the cen-
tralization on a somewhat narrower area; therefore, its overall
effect on the specialist/generalist balance remains unclear. In-
stead of shifting the specialist/generalist balance, centers may
instead change the type of specialization from a departmen-
tally oriented one to a threat-based one. A decrease in con-
gressional funding or an increase in the number of analysts
required to support the centers might prompt a greater shift
towards the generalist perspective or a change in the nature of
specialization. In either case, specialist support to the depart-
ments would likely bear the brunt of the impact.
Another obstacle is associated with the placement of the
combat support agencies (CSA) curr
ently housed within the
DOD. The pr
ospect of moving the CSAs under a DNI and out
from under the DOD was discussed during a House Armed
Services Committee hearing on the 9/11 Report. One witness,
Dr
. John Hamr
e, a for
mer deputy secr
etary of defense, consid
-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
113
ered such an option feasible, if not desirable; while another
witness, Gen William Odom, a former NSA director, thought
otherwise.
1
1
Odom believed that the DOD would replicate the
units and associated intelligence capabilities lost to a DNI to
maintain the support the military services deemed necessary.
Others argue that such replication is too expensive, and thus
the DOD and the DNI would have to cooperate. The answer
probably lies somewhere in the middle.
The DOD experience with close air support (CAS) provides
insight into how events might transpire. The DOD could have
chosen to consolidate all air assets into a single service: the
US Air For
ce. Instead, the services continue to maintain air
capabilities to better support their specific requirements; for
example, the Army and Marines maintain indigenous air ele-
ments to provide tailored air support to their associated
ground forces. Ground forces prefer the current system for
several reasons. On the practical side, dedicated air support
assets can routinely train and exercise with the ground forces
they ar
e tasked to support, providing valuable experience and
expertise for actual combat. In addition, both the Army and
Marines str
ongly believe that owning indigenous assets is the
only way to ensure that necessary support will be available
when requir
ed.
12
This second reason illustrates a fundamen
-
tal tenet in most organizations: direct control over supporting
assets is nearly always preferable to reliance on cooperative ef-
forts fr
om an outside entity.
Thus, there is some reason to believe that should the DOD
lose more control over the CSAs, such as NSA and NGA, the de-
partment would attempt to replicate the inherent capabilities of
these organizations in some fashion.
13
The 1971 Schlesinger Re-
port discussed this possibility in examining the potential rami-
fications of transferring control of intelligence assets to a DNI,
stating, “there would remain the serious and continuing prob-
lem of finding ways to meet the intelligence needs of Defense
[the DOD] without, at the same time, causing the Services to r
e
-
constitute their own intelligence activities, even at the expense
of other programs.”
14
Even the cost issues raised by Dr. Hamre
may not fully deter such ef
forts. In fact, Congress might be a
willing participant in allowing the duplication to pr
oceed. Be
-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
114
cause Congress maintains separate oversight committees for in-
telligence and the armed services, the DOD would likely have
strong support from its oversight committee to fund service-only
intelligence systems if the department could reasonably show
that intelligence support to military operations had suffered as
a result of organizational restructuring or reduced priority for
departmental requirements.
Second, the CAS example illustrates that Congress, perhaps
recognizing the advantages of indigenous support assets, is
not averse to funding multiple and sometimes redundant sys-
tems to support the requirements expressed by the military
services. Thus, while the new systems funded may not be as
capable as the original systems, some funding of new systems
would probably be authorized, creating additional redun-
dancy. Finally, as the recent debate over intelligence reform
legislation illustrated, the armed services committees ar
e, and
likely will remain, staunch supporters of the military services,
which increases their likelihood of acting any time intelligence
support to the military is threatened.
Associated Balances
As the fulcrum is shifted on the centralization/decentraliza-
tion axis, it often affects other balances. The first is related to
creating conditions that allow the successful assimilation of dis-
cr
ete data into a coherent and accurate analytic pictur
e without
creating conditions that impede the diversity of opinion.
Balancing the need to share with the need to protect is a
second tension that involves facilitating greater access to in-
formation while still protecting critical elements of information
that could hinder future intelligence efforts. A third, and by no
means final, trade-off is associated with balancing the intelli-
gence needs of the national policy maker with the needs of the
individual departments.
“Connecting the Dots” versus “Groupthink”
During the debate surrounding the 2004 intelligence reform
efforts, Dr. John Hamre of the Center of Strategic and Interna-
tional Studies expr
essed concer
n over what he called the “con
-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
115
nect the dots” versus “groupthink” problem. In essence, the
problem revolves around how to centralize intelligence so that
the IC can develop a more accurate and complete threat pic-
ture without creating conditions where analysts fail to fully
consider alternative analyses of the available information. In
theory, as centralization increases, the diversity of analytic
opinion can be short-circuited or impeded. Centralization, as
a general rule, helps solve the connect the dots problem by
consolidating both data and the analysis. On the other hand,
decentralized analytic organizations create a natural mecha-
nism to achieve diversity of opinion but make it more difficult
to consolidate infor
mation and thus connect the dots.
15
However, other ways to address this balance do not require
wholesale structural changes to analytic organizations. For ex-
ample, additional incentives to encourage greater information
sharing or changes to current policies that encourage informa-
tion protection are two of the mechanisms available. Other pre-
viously suggested approaches include improved dialogue with
consumers of infor
mation, periodic external reviews of intelli-
gence products and analytic methodologies, and the creation of
net assessment gr
oups to challenge assumptions.
16
However
,
encouraging a diversity of opinion does not have to rely exclu-
sively on independent analytic groups, and in any event, such
groups cannot fully substitute for internal changes to analytic
organizations. Instead, a renewed focus on analytic tradecraft
and standar
dized analyst training may offer plausible alterna-
tives to the maintenance of multiple analytic organizations. At
the same time, separate analytic organizations serve a valuable
purpose by providing tailored support to the owning department
or agency—a more compelling reason for their continuation
than simply avoiding groupthink.
The intelligence reform legislation appears to incorporate a
mixture of both approaches discussed above—increased cen-
tralization via structural changes and new initiatives to improve
the quality of analysis. By r
etaining departmental analytic bod
-
ies, Congr
ess avoided shifting the centralization/decentraliza-
tion balance too far towards either pole. As a new organizational
construct, the NCTC holds pr
omise of improving the consolida-
tion of terr
orism-r
elated data and thus aiding in mor
e holistic
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
116
assessments of those data. Additionally, information sharing
should be simplified, because all organizations can now report
terrorism-related information to a single organization represent-
ing the entire IC. This contrasts with the situation described in
the 9/11 Report, where the sheer number of disparate organi-
zations involved in both collection and analysis impeded infor-
mation sharing. In some ways simply knowing with whom to
share the information may be a key aspect of the problem and
one that the NCTC should help address.
However, there are potential dangers to this consolidation.
First, unless safeguards are put in place, alternative view-
points could either be suppr
essed or in the worst case not
even generated (i.e., the groupthink problem).
17
Thus an im-
portant aspect of center implementation may be the relation-
ships the centers continue to maintain with the analytic or-
ganizations of the department. A second danger of continued
consolidation is that formation of the NCTC and any other fu-
ture centers may drain the analytic resources of the depart-
ments and agencies within the IC. This r
esembles the issue
that the military services raised in response to joint duty re-
quir
ements for service personnel. As long as the requir
ements
are not too onerous, they should not create a significant prob-
lem. However, some departmental intelligence or
ganizations
are relatively small, and their ability to support both multiple
centers and departmental analytic requirements could be re-
duced if the demand for analysts gr
ows significantly.
Another approach Congress used to achieve balance was
embedded in two sections of the act. In the first section, Con-
gress required the DNI to appoint an individual or entity that
would be responsible for ensuring that “elements of the IC
conduct alternative analysis (commonly referred to as ‘red-
team analysis’) of the information and conclusions in intelli-
gence products.”
18
Left unsaid is how such analysis would be
incorporated into products or presented to decision makers. In
a second section, Congr
ess r
equir
ed the DNI to appoint another
individual or entity to addr
ess issues of analytic integrity.
19
Both portions of the law appear to have been designed to guard
against some of the negative ef
fects of greater centralization
while maintaining a diversity of analytic opinion.
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
117
The congressional solutions centered on creating new struc-
tures to centralize intelligence analysis around enduring threats
and providing new independent review mechanisms. While these
changes may be effective, internal mechanisms to improve an-
alytic tradecraft and training of analysts may be equally essen-
tial.
20
Thus, creating environments where analysts are encour-
aged to challenge assumptions, to avoid mirror-imaging and
other deleterious activities, and to integrate outside sources of
expertise may reduce the likelihood that destructive group
processes would form.
Information Sharing versus Information Protection
The preceding discussion shows that the connect-the-dots
pr
oblem is related to how the information sharing/information
protection balance is calibrated. If the balance is shifted to en-
courage gr
eater information sharing among agencies, it be-
comes more likely that the necessary information to build an ac-
curate analytic picture will be available. Unfortunately, at the
same time pr
otecting infor
mation, particularly sour
ces and
methods, becomes more difficult. As with other balances, there
ar
e legitimate inter
ests on both sides. Greater information shar-
ing can not only help establish more accurate analytic pictur
es,
but also assist in direct support of operations (e.g., military,
counterintelligence, homeland security). Within the military,
war fighters have almost constantly called for more detailed, ac-
curate, and timely information. This has required changes in in-
telligence processes to protect sources and methods while pro-
viding greater access to information for operators.
Although access to such information can fundamentally im-
prove the quality of analysis and the effectiveness of opera-
tions, there are also dangers. The security infrastructure es-
tablished to protect information has evolved in response to
what was initially a serious counterintelligence threat from the
Soviet Union. A series of spy cases from John Walker to
Aldrich Ames to Robert Hanssen clearly illustrates the dangers
of failing to protect information, with damage ranging from
loss of counterintelligence investigative techniques to loss of
valuable sour
ces and methods and, in the worst cases, to the
loss of human life.
21
Ther
e is also the need to protect intelli-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
118
gence processes from disclosure, as such disclosures could
enable an adversary to influence these processes.
2
2
Therefore,
even though the environment has changed, there remain com-
pelling reasons to protect information.
Increasing the number of individuals who have access to in-
formation also increases the likelihood of compromise, either
intentional or unintentional (through poor security practices).
On the other hand, increased sharing may not only make
analysis more effective, but may also save lives through better
warning of impending threats. According to this line of reason-
ing, it does no good to protect information if overly restrictive
pr
otective measures prevent timely warning of imminent
threats or if those tasked to counter a threat fail because of in-
adequate or incomplete intelligence.
As with any balance, a guiding objective here is to increase
the benefits of recalibration. In this instance, the shift towards
greater information sharing would continue until the costs as-
sociated with the compromise of information became too great.
The risk of compr
omise remains a primary reason why complete
information sharing is unlikely. As compromises increase, the
quality and quantity of infor
mation collected would begin to de-
grade sharply, effectively negating any benefits gained from in-
creased infor
mation sharing through the loss of r
eliable and
necessary information. Because that risk is real, a key aspect of
any successful recalibration will be the design of security proce-
dur
es that continue to protect essential elements of information
while allowing for greater dissemination among analysts and
operators. This is exactly the approach the legislation has taken
in recommending the use of tearlines and other procedures to
assist in the information sharing process.
23
Another focus area for recalibration centers on providing
greater incentives to share information while reducing real
and sometimes culturally imposed disincentives.
24
Disincen-
tives such as statutory and personnel penalties for violating
security r
equir
ements ar
e relatively straightforward to set and
enfor
ce. However, like most disincentives, punishments often
result in a focus on self-protection, which in turn may result
in manifestations of unintended behavior
.
25
In this case, the
disincentives imposed discourage disclosur
es of infor
mation
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
119
not only to unauthorized individuals (intended behavior) but
also to individuals who may have legitimate needs (unintended
behavior). Currently there are very few incentives to share in-
formation and creating such incentives requires an entirely
different approach.
26
In addition to the challenge of determin-
ing the nature of the reward (time off, monetary or institu-
tional awards, etc.) is the real problem of measuring how data
is being shared, who is withholding information, and who is
sharing infor
mation. Thus, the development of metrics to as-
sess pr
ogress towards information sharing may become an im-
portant implementation issue. An agency’s responsiveness to
a request for information, the amount of data provided, and
audits by community managers to determine the amount of
information withheld represent partial but incomplete solu-
tions to the problem of measurement.
The combination of procedural and incentive changes
should assist adjustments along the information sharing con-
tinuum. Moreover, both mechanisms provide relatively greater
opportunities for precise and dynamic adjustments than
purely legislative changes can accomplish. For example, if in-
formation sharing policies result in unacceptable disclosures
of information, such policies can be more rapidly adjusted to
better pr
otect information. Finally, cultural changes within
the IC will pr
obably be needed to move from a need-to-know to
a need-to-share mind-set.
27
Explicit means such as procedural
and incentive adjustments should have some ef
fect on behav-
ior; however, long-lasting changes will likely require more pro-
found changes to the underlying cultural makeup. In the pre-
sent case, multiple influences shape organizational culture to
include the normative behavior of peers with regard to infor-
mation sharing, actions taken by managers to encourage or
discourage behavior
, and the per
ceived r
ecipr
ocity of infor
ma
-
tion sharing among participating or
ganizations. The IC may be
well served by examining the pr
os and cons of the DHS ap
-
pr
oach to information sharing, which continues to seek ways
to develop procedures and incentive structures to encourage
the sharing of information not only across the federal govern-
ment but also with state and local gover
nments.
28
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
120
In short, as with nearly every balance, there is no single so-
lution. Instead, greater information sharing will likely require
technical changes to communication architectures, revised
policies and processes, adjustments to incentive structures,
and changes in organizational culture.
Intelligence Needs of the National Policy Maker
versus the Departments
A third balance is associated with the sometimes competing
and sometimes shared intelligence needs of the national policy
maker and the departments, particularly the DOD.
29
Because
intelligence resources for both collection and analysis are finite,
there are limits on the amount of intelligence that can be col-
lected, pr
ocessed, and analyzed, which necessitates a balance
in resource allocation. Further complicating this problem, na-
tional security and r
egional military priorities are now less syn-
chronized because of the absence of a unifying threat such as
existed prior to the end of the cold war.
30
This loss of synchro-
nization implies that the demands of policy makers and the de
-
partments are more likely to conflict than previously.
The national versus tactical balance r
epr
esents a distinction
perpetuated, in part, by the division of the intelligence budget
into separate national and departmental components.
31
Al-
though some intelligence can be characterized as either na-
tional or departmental/tactical, considerable overlap and am-
biguity remain. This ambiguity further complicates the
balancing of competing demands for these resources. A more
accurate distinction in today’s strategic context may be be-
tween long-term, enduring requirements and near-term, gran-
ular ones.
32
An assessment of the possible future actions of a
nation-state, its military capabilities, and its industrial capac-
ity would fall into the long-term category, while determination
of the position and disposition of enemy forces in support of
current military operations would be characterized as near
ter
m. Such a distinction may mor
e accurately convey the dif-
fering types of intelligence and the valid requirements of both
poles of this balance. However, even this distinction does not
r
esolve along neat or
ganizational lines, with the DNI r
esponsi-
ble for meeting enduring intelligence needs and the depart
-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
121
ments responsible for near-term intelligence. For example, the
DOD has both long-term and near-term intelligence require-
ments in much the same way as it has both national and tac-
tical/departmental ones. Long-term enduring intelligence is
needed to support senior defense policy makers and to assist
the services’ force modernization and planning functions,
while near-term granular intelligence is needed to support on-
going military operations.
33
One argument for placing greater weight on national intelli-
gence requirements is that the resulting intelligence forms the
basis for national security policy making.
34
According to this
ar
gument, national intelligence requirements should trump
others because the actions of the departments are predicated
on the decisions of national policy makers. Without solid intel-
ligence, national policy makers may commit or fail to commit
government resources as necessary. For example, accurate in-
telligence assessments of an adversary country’s intentions
and capabilities become a critical factor in determining the
gover
nment’s response and the associated instruments of
power to employ. Thus, strong national intelligence may actu-
ally pr
eclude the use of military force if the thr
eat is deemed
to be less urgent than originally assumed.
35
A counterargument is that the activities of the departments
have national security implications that in turn affect the na-
tional decision-making context. Incomplete or inaccurate in-
telligence can r
esult in increased casualties, unintended col-
lateral damage, or less effective military operations, all of
which can have significant implications for the further execu-
tion of national policy. This argument states that adequate
support to military operations or other department-specific
operations is essential to avoid reducing the options of the na-
tional decision maker.
36
For example, as military casualties in-
crease, the American public may reassess the costs of US in-
volvement against the interests served. As these costs begin to
be per
ceived as outweighing the benefits, public opinion may
shift towar
d disengagement, making continued involvement
politically harder to justify. The bombing of the Chinese em-
bassy during Operation Allied For
ce in 1999, for instance,
complicated further military operations and r
equir
ed mor
e
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
122
sustained effort by national leaders to maintain NATO com-
mitment to the operation.
By some accounts this balance has shifted from the situation
prior to the 1991 Gulf War, where too much emphasis was
placed on national requirements, to excessive emphasis on sup-
port to military operations, to a relatively balanced situation in
2004.
37
After the Gulf War new structures such as joint intelli-
gence centers, deployed and integrated organic intelligence as-
sets such as unmanned aerial vehicles, and upgraded commu-
nications architectures all helped ensure greater support to
military operations.
38
However, there were concerns that sup-
port might be shifting too much in favor of departmental inter
-
ests. The
IC21 HPSCI staff study of 1996 cautioned, “Thus, a
balance needs to be struck. Urging an increased emphasis on
SMO [support to military operations] without looking across the
board at all IC requirements runs the risk of leaving many other
ongoing policy needs partially or completely unfulfilled.”
39
Actions to adjust this balance have largely fallen to internal
IC or
ganizations, such as those supporting the assistant direc-
tor of central intelligence for collection (ADCI/C). Furthermore,
the r
ecalibrations that have occurred over the last 15 years sug
-
gest that both sides have strong advocates within the IC and
that each has been at least partially effective in adjusting the
underlying balance to address competing intelligence needs.
In the end, legislative measures may not be the best way to
ef
fect changes in this particular balance because they suffer
from both their relative lack of precision and their inability to
make dynamic adjustments.
40
Legislation might change orga-
nizational structures and authorities in an attempt to shift the
balance in favor of national requirements over tactical or de-
partmental ones. This would give greater control over intelli-
gence resources to a DNI, and a dramatic recalibration might
be possible. However, as discussed earlier, such a recalibration
could impel the departments to develop organic intelligence
capabilities if they per
ceive intelligence support fr
om the
br
oader IC as inadequate.
41
The relative imprecision of congressional action may mean
that the best mechanisms for adjusting this balance r
eside
within the IC, such as coor
dinating bodies like the National In
-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
123
telligence Collection Board (NICB).
4
2
An internally oriented ap-
proach has several advantages. First, the bulk of the 9/11 Re-
port’s findings, as well as studies on prewar intelligence about
Iraq, found far less fault with how the IC has balanced the
competing interests of the national decision makers and the
departments than with other aspects of the IC’s operations.
This suggests that significant recalibration may not be re-
quired at this time. Second, internal processes offer far greater
precision and responsiveness. Interagency approaches can
shift priorities by weighing the competing interests of national
decision makers and the departments against current reali-
ties.
43
Thus the balances can be adjusted in near real time in
response to world events, cr
eating a far mor
e responsive and
dynamic process.
44
Other Balances
Other significant balances not examined in this study are
nonetheless important as reform efforts progress. First, both
Congress and the 9/11 Commission recognized the sensitive
balance between granting the government additional powers
so that it could better protect its citizens and infringing upon
the privacy and civil liberties of those same citizens and of “US
persons.”
45
The distribution of r
esources within the commu
-
nity involves another balance. Her
e the DNI, the department
heads, the president, and Congress will have to balance the
need for a strong analysis community with the need to acquire
and maintain intelligence collection capabilities. Given the IC’s
finite resources, it is unlikely that the full range of either ana-
lytic or collection requirements can ever be filled. Determining
the best allocation of resources thus becomes yet another bal-
ancing act.
An earlier section outlined the competing demands associated
with staffing both interagency centers such as the NCTC and the
IC’s constituent organizations. Determining the proper relation-
ship between the intelligence analyst and the policy maker r
ep-
r
esents yet another balance. Close pr
oximity to the policy maker
pr
ovides the analyst with better insight into the policy maker’s
intelligence needs and r
equir
ements, but carries the danger that
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
124
intelligence analysis can be politicized and altered to conform to
the policy makers’ preferences.
46
Balancing in an Interagency Context
In addressing the balances, Congress and the 9/11 Commis-
sion chose in large part to apply matrix-like organizational con-
structs.
4
7
This is not surprising, given the interagency nature of
the IC, with its dual-hatting of key officials and dual responsi-
bilities of several senior managers. Thus the heads of CSAs such
as NSA and NGA had and continue to have the dual responsibil-
ities of providing sufficient support to military operations while
meeting the intelligence requirements of national policy makers.
Creation of the NCTC further strengthens the trend toward
matrix-like organizations by drafting personnel fr
om across
the IC. Applying a business analogy to the NCTC, counter-
terrorism intelligence is the product line that relies on the re-
sources of the various functional organizations of the IC (FBI,
CIA, DIA, etc.) to succeed. Given the distribution of intelligence
resources within the US government, creating a new centralized
structure would require either considerable expansion of the IC
in terms of manpower and resources or the transfer of organic
intelligence r
esour
ces from the departments to the centralized
structure. Neither option is particularly appealing.
However, matrix organizations have their own drawbacks,
several of which are relevant to the newly reorganized IC.
48
Some matrix organizations tend to drift towar
d disorder
, “where
people do not recognize a ‘boss’ to whom they feel responsi-
ble.”
49
For example, personnel assigned to the NCTC may feel a
dual allegiance: to the NCTC and to their home organization.
50
Without explicit agreements between the agencies that provide
the manpower and the NCTC, the pr
oblems of dual allegiance
could impact overall effectiveness. The DOD addresses this
problem via specific command relationships that grant opera-
tional control over forces to JFCs and grant administrative con-
trol to the services.
51
In essence, service personnel normally
know which boss provides their daily tasking and which one
provides their administrative support. The DOD has expended
considerable ef
fort on defining command relationships, devoting
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
125
much of its 118-page capstone document, Unified Action Armed
Forces
, to an explanation of command relations and the various
types of control of military forces.
5
2
Similarly explicit procedures
and terminology to describe the relationships between the vari-
ous component entities could yield great benefit to the IC, in
that both leaders and staff operating in joint capacities—
whether in the NCTC or on the DNI’s staff—would better under-
stand their relationships with their owning organization and
their assigned organization.
53
Power struggles resulting from the competing interests of
the constituent organizations within the IC represent a second
potential pitfall.
54
Departmental or agency inter
ests may not
coincide with those of the DNI or the NCTC. The Goldwater-
Nichols Act addressed the potential of power struggles by ad-
justing the power relationships between the combatant com-
manders and the services. By providing greater authority to
the combatant commanders, the act short-circuited a repeat
of the struggles the combatant commanders had previously
had with the services. Such power struggles ar
e inevitable;
therefore, it will be important to define the power relationships
of the various leaders within the IC. The incr
eased budgetary
authority of the DNI or the still unclear authorities of the
NCTC director may not suf
fice to balance the power relation
-
ships with the constituent intelligence organizations; this is
one area that may require continued recalibration by Congress
or the pr
esident.
Finally, organizational agility will suffer if consensus among
all participating organizations is required to reach decisions:
either the decision-making process will be unduly cumber-
some or the implementation of the resulting decisions will be
excessively delayed.
55
This was a criticism of the conduct of
the pre-1986 JCS, where a consensus approach both slowed
the staffing process and resulted in the lowest-common–de-
nominator approach to policy recommendations. To address
this, the Goldwater
-Nichols Act placed gr
eater power in the
joint staf
f, thereby removing the services from joint staff ac-
tions, and made the CJCS the principal advisor to the presi-
dent on military matters, ef
fectively reducing the incentive to
r
each consensus.
56
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
126
The degree of coordination and consultation expected and
required from the individual intelligence agencies with regard
to the NCTC or the DNI’s execution of community manage-
ment activities poses a danger to the IC. Greater operational
friction could result if individuals temporarily assigned to the
NCTC feel obligated to seek permission from their owning
organization before taking an action. Likewise, pressure to
reach consensus could slow the decision-making process and
dilute the quality of overall decisions. Again, the IC could miti-
gate such situations by clearly and explicitly articulating com-
mand relationships, to include the respective responsibilities
and authorities of participating organizations for both opera-
tional and administrative matters.
Summary
Reforming an organization as large and diverse as the IC de-
fies easy solutions. If anything, solutions that address only one
aspect of the underlying issues may actually hinder reform be-
cause such solutions fail to account for the competing balances
involved within the larger system. Greater centralization may be
a good solution until it starts to degrade the ability of the vari-
ous departments to obtain the type of tailor
ed intelligence r
e-
quired to support their unique missions. Centralizing control
over intelligence resources and assets provides an excellent way
to reduce duplication and control costs. However, if organiza-
tions that depend on intelligence for operational success are dis
-
satisfied with the amount of support they receive, they will be
more likely to build indigenous capabilities to better control ac-
cess to intelligence and to tailor that intelligence to their unique
operational needs. Centralizing intelligence analysis via entities
like the NCTC should help impr
ove infor
mation sharing and ad
-
dress the connect–the–dots problem; however, without proper
safeguards a diversity of analytic opinion could be hindered or
suppressed. Similarly, greater information sharing is a worthy
objective until valuable intelligence sources and methods are
compromised, which would result in less accurate and reliable
information to analyze and report. Finally, balancing the intelli-
gence needs of the departments with those of national decision
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
127
makers remains an enduring issue and one that may require
continued and dynamic recalibration, because it requires both
long-term and short-term responses. Long-term activities in-
clude determining the appropriate structure and resource re-
quirements to satisfy both competing needs. In the shorter
term, the balance must be struck within the geostrategic con-
text prevailing at the time.
Both the legislative and executive branches have taken meas-
ures to adjust the balances described in this chapter. Their ac-
tions focused primarily on one part of the organizational con-
text: the structure. While critically important, structure is
nor
mally only one contributor to a successfully functioning
organization. The success of intelligence reform will probably
depend on other factors, such as the design of new internal or-
ganizational structures and modification of existing ones, the
underlying support infrastructure, and the quality of IC’s per-
sonnel and leaders.
57
Put another way, legislative measures and
executive orders have established the framework within which
the IC must work to ef
fect the desired reform. With the struc-
tural framework established, how the IC structures itself inter-
nally, the changes it makes to existing policies and pr
ocedures,
incentive systems, and the underlying infrastructure, and the
effectiveness of its leaders and quality of its workfor
ce will be-
come key determinants to success.
58
Again, there are analogies with DOD reform. Goldwater-
Nichols established an initial framework that for
med the basis
of continued reform efforts within the DOD. From this new
baseline, the DOD conceived new joint organizational con-
structs and coupled these organizations with doctrine and pol-
icy that explicitly articulated responsibilities, functions, and
command relationships. The act altered the structure of the
DOD principally by changing the authority relationships of
key actors—increasing the authority of the combatant com-
mands and changing the services’ role with regard to the JCS.
Contextual changes also occurr
ed. New policy was developed
in the for
m of joint doctrine, directives, and instructions ad-
dressing a broad range of topics from personnel to operations
to planning.
59
Incentives, particularly those r
elated to joint
duty, wer
e modified first by the actual legislation and then by
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
128
the personnel systems of the individual services until much of
the stigma associated with joint duty was removed. Renewed
emphasis was given to system interoperability and greater
standardization of C
3
systems.
Additionally, leadership and the quality of personnel played
a role. The leaders, particularly service leaders, had discretion
as to how wholeheartedly they supported the legislation.
60
While there were undoubtedly skeptics, it appears that a large
majority of senior leaders made good–faith efforts to implement
reform and that their efforts were largely successful. All of
their efforts could have been for naught without a strong team
to implement the r
eforms. Thus, at least some of the credit for
the military’s success in military operations since 1986 should
be attributed to the quality and training of personnel involved.
The preceding discussion is not meant to marginalize the sig-
nificance of the Goldwater-Nichols legislation. Instead, it sug-
gests that legislative efforts do not guarantee complete success.
Therefore, the success of the latest round of intelligence reform
may depend much mor
e on the early steps that occur within the
IC. Key determinants will be the internal organization of the
NCTC and any other centers and their r
elationships with the
contributing organizations within the IC. The length of assign-
ment, the quality of personnel assigned, and the authority of a
center’s director over individuals assigned from outside agen-
cies are just a few of the elements that will likely play a role in
the ef
fectiveness of any center’s operations.
A related issue concerns the changes made to the under-
lying support structures. The Goldwater-Nichols experience
suggests the importance of explicit governing policies, particu-
larly policy related to establishing responsibilities, functions,
and command relationships. This is perhaps even more cru-
cial for the IC than for the DOD, given the interagency nature
of the IC at large and of the NCTC specifically. In other policy
areas, security regulations may need to be modified to facili-
tate gr
eater infor
mation sharing. Changes in personnel incen
-
tive systems ar
e almost certainly essential. Goldwater-Nichols
offers examples for encouraging and promoting joint/intera-
gency duty; other incentive systems r
elated to information
sharing and impr
oved analytic tradecraft may need to be ad
-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
129
justed as well.
6
1
For example, the IC may need to adjust and
standardize personnel systems to better measure performance
across the enterprise and reward desired behavior consis-
tently. Similarly, the supporting infrastructure, particularly
the communications infrastructure, will likely require alteration
to support greater information sharing. While simple in the-
ory, execution could be decidedly more difficult given the
number of departments and agencies involved.
Finally, leadership will play a decisive role. The leaders of
the top-level or
ganizations, such as the DNI and the head of
the NCTC, will be faced with implementing a multifaceted ap-
proach to enable success. Designing sound internal struc-
tures, creating a strong mission focus and vision, developing
and adjusting policies and procedures, modifying support in-
frastructures, and—perhaps most difficult of all—achieving
the necessary cooperation from multiple department heads,
with only limited authority, are just some of the tasks await-
ing these new leaders. The intelligence reform legislation rep-
resents another step in the evolution of the IC. Ultimately,
whether the legislation achieves its intended ef
fect r
ests, in
lar
ge part, on implementation by the larger IC.
Notes
1. Michael V. Hayden, interviewed by the author, 18 February 2005. This
debate can thus be thought of either in terms of the structural considera-
tions (more or less centralization/decentralization) or in terms of likely re-
sult (more or less cohesion/autonomy).
2. The Central Intelligence Group (CIG) was officially formed by President
Truman in 1946 and had started the movement towards centralization; how-
ever, the bulk of the resources and efforts were present in longer-standing or-
ganizations. The CIG was replaced by the CIA with the passage of the
Na-
tional Security Act of 1947.
See Prados, Intelligence Community Leadership,
3 (see chap. 3, n. 2).
3. George Nesterczuk, “Successful Start for the Department of Homeland
Security Requires Management Flexibility,” Heritage Foundation Back-
grounder no. 1572, 19 July 2002, 2, http://www.heritage.or
g/Research/
HomelandDefense/BG1572.cfm (accessed 5 January 2005).
4. Department of Homeland Security, “The Department of Homeland Se-
curity,” June 2002, 2; and “History: Who Became Part of the Department,”
http://www.dhs.gov/dhspublic/interapp/editorial/editorial_0133.xml (ac-
cessed 10 April 2005).
5.
Schlesinger Report, 9 (see chap. 3, n. 29).
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
130
6
. This reference is to power associated with position or associated gov-
erning rules, policy, or law.
7.
Congressional Record, Senate, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 8 December
2004, S11970. Increasing accountability for the IC appears to have been a
central concern of Congress. For example, Senator Collins states, “This pro-
vision [increased tasking authority] is another example of Congress’s intent
to create a strong DNI with sufficient authority to manage and be account-
able for the Intelligence Community, including those elements within the
Department of Defense.”
8. Harvey M. Sapolsky, “Equipping the Armed Forces,” in G. Edwards
and E. Walker, eds.,
National Security and the U.S. Constitution (Baltimore,
Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1987), 129. Sapolsky suggests that
continued centralization within the DOD is not without drawbacks. Decen-
tralization may encourage duplication, but this same duplication compli-
cates the task of the adversary who must be able to counter a wider variety
of systems and forces.
9. John Hamre, “Testimony to House Armed Services Committee,” 108th
Cong., 2d sess., 11 August 2004, FDCH e-Media Transcripts, http://www.ap
digitalnews.com/partnerships.html. Dr. Hamre suggests the option, which he
did not favor, of moving the NSA, NRO, and NGA under the DNI to give the DNI
institutional strength. See also William Odom,
Fixing Intelligence, 25 (see chap.
3, n. 83). General Odom suggests a slightly modified version, with the IC re-
organized by function under a DCI (SIGINT, IMINT, HUMINT, and counterin-
telligence). The effect would be roughly the same as if the large CSAs (NSA,
NRO, NGA) were removed from under the DOD.
10. See, for example, William Odom, “Testimony to the House Armed Ser-
vices Committee,” 108th Cong., 2d sess., 11 August 2004. General Odom, a
former director of the NSA, stated in his testimony, “If you pull those agen-
cies out of the Defense Department, I can tell you the Defense Department
will abandon them because two-thirds of the personnel in NSA belong to the
military. And they will take them and recreate their own units.”
11. House Armed Services Committee, “The Implications of the 9/11
Commission’s Recommendations for the Department of Defense,” 108th
Cong., 2d sess., 11 August 2004.
12. This mind-set is still present long after Goldwater-Nichols. The
Marines routinely successfully withhold a large subset of their assets from
direct tasking by the JFACC instead keeping those assets to support Marine
ground operations. For example, in the Gulf War, the Marines withheld 50
percent of their FA-18s and all of the AV-8B Harriers. See Gordon,
The Gen-
erals’ War
, 311 (see chap. 2, n. 65). As a general rule, the use of Army air
assets is contr
olled entirely by the joint force land component commander
(JFLCC) to ensure necessary support to ground operations.
13.
W
illiam Odom, “T
estimony to the House Per
manent Select Commit
-
tee on Intelligence,” 108th Cong., 2d sess., 4 August 2004. “I think you’ll see
the services creating their own new NSA, their own new imagery agency.
You’re going to just end up with a big mess.” See also Charles E. Allen, “Tes-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
131
t
imony to the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence,” 108th
Cong., 2d sess., 4 August 2004. Allen spoke about the need for both national
intelligence support and for indigenous support from the military services,
stating, “At the same time we expect the Department of Defense and the
military services to also continue to build their own organic support.”
14. Schlesinger Report, 28 (see chap. 3, n. 29).
15. Harold Ford, “The Primary Purpose of National Estimating,”
Studies in
Intelligence
, 1991, 72, http://www.cia.gov/nic/PDF_GIF_anal_meth/trade
craft/purpose_of_estimating.pdf (accessed 23 March 2005). In describing con-
ditions prior to the Pearl Harbor intelligence failure, Ford states, “The many
significant off-chance bits of the puzzle . . . were scattered around and among
these many entities and were never shared, brought together, and assessed.
Tragedy ensued because there was no mechanism to collect and cooperatively
examine every scrap of pertinent all-source intelligence.”
16. Schlesinger Report, 45–46 (see chap. 3, n. 29). See also Church Com-
mittee, book 1, 443–44 (see chap. 3, n. 40). The report discusses such op-
tions as expanding the time analysts can remain in analysis vice manage-
ment positions and injecting personnel into the analyst community from
outside the traditional confines of the IC. Recommendation 34 describes ex-
panding analysts’ tours of duty in other organizations and academic institu-
tions to “broaden both their analytic outlook and their appreciation for the
relevance of their analysis to policymakers.” Also John Gannon, interviewed
by the author, 30 November 2004. In describing steps to improve intelli-
gence estimates and analytic products, Gannon stressed the importance of
integrating outside sources of expertise and stated that a key difficulty will
likely be determining who can best answer the analytic question at hand.
The Aspin-Brown, 86 (see chap. 3, n. 7), also suggested increasing ties with
experts outside the IC.
17. Balancing the need to accurately convey dissenting viewpoints in ana-
lytic products while providing a decision maker with actionable information
is yet another tension affecting the operations of the IC and one that this re-
port will not cover in great detail. The groupthink problem is to a great deal
dependent upon how conflicting analytic opinions are incorporated into final
products; therefore, the answer may not just be decentralized analytic
groups. At one extreme all dissenting opinions could be listed within a prod-
uct or report providing a decision maker with little actionable information
with which to base a decision. On the other hand, the consolidating body
could mar
ginalize dissenting views to such an extent that such views are ei
-
ther not explicitly expressed or excessively discounted to the decision maker
so that the overall effect is the appearance of unified analytic opinion. Ford
may have stated it best, “It is incumbent on an Estimate’s producers . . . to
ensure that dissenting or differing judgments are presented sharply and un-
ambiguously. Split decisions, clearly stated, are worth far more to policy
making consumers than is coor
dinated mush.” For
d, “The Primary Purpose
of National Estimating,” 77.
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
132
1
8.
I
ntelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004
,
sec. 1017
(see chap. 4, n. 33). For a more negative view of red teams, see Sherman
Kent, “A Crucial Estimate Relived,”
Studies in Intelligence 36, no. 2 (1992):
111–19. Kent, who served as chairman of the Board of National Estimates
from 1952 to 1967, stated, “Since at least World War I, intelligence services
from time to time set a group of individuals apart and instruct them to think
of themselves as the enemy’s general staff. Their task as a red team is to
ponder and act out the way the enemy will respond to situations as they de-
velop. The idea seems to be that by the creation of an artificial frame . . . you
will get a more realistic appreciation of the enemy’s probable behavior. . . .
It does not necessarily follow.”
19.
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec. 1019
(see chap. 4, n. 33).
20. Gannon interview. Separate organizations or oversight entities may
not be the entire answer. In describing important elements to competitive
analysis, Gannon stressed the importance of internal processes, such as
getting analysts to question their assumptions that were at least equally im-
portant to improving analytic rigor. In other words, competitive analysis may
not need to rely on separate analytic teams, rather internal measures, if em-
ployed correctly, may be equally effective. See also Ford, “The Primary Pur-
pose of National Estimating,” 76: “the business of analysis is more art than
a science and the skills required of the estimators are in large part a matter
of experience and ’feel.’
21. Federal Bureau of Investigation, “Affidavit in Support of Criminal Com-
plaint, Arrest Warrant and Search Warrants,” press release, 20 February
2001, 3–4, http://www.fbi.gov/libref/historic/famcases/hanssen/hanssen
.htm (accessed 7 January 2005). According to the affidavit, Hanssen was al-
leged to have “compromised numerous human sources. . . . Three of these
sources were compromised by both Hanssen and former CIA officer Aldrich
Ames, resulting in their arrest, imprisonment, and, as to two individuals, ex-
ecution.” In addition Hanssen was alleged to have “compromised numerous
FBI counterintelligence investigative techniques, sources, methods and oper-
ations.”
22. Jennifer Sims, “What is Intelligence? Information for Decision Mak-
ers,” in Roy Godson, Ernest R. May, and Gary Schmitt,
U.S. Intelligence at
the Crossroads: Agendas for Reform
(Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s, 1995), 8.
A further need to protect information is that compromised information can
provide adversaries with important insights into the policy maker, 12.
23.
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, sec.
1016(d)(1)(see chap. 4, n. 33).
24.
See Kaplan, “Mission Impossible” (see chap. 3, n. 2). John Gannon,
former chairman of the National Intelligence Council, is quoted as saying,
“The r
ewar
d systems ar
e all based on pr
otection. . . . Y
ou don’t come into
work saying how can I share better today.”
25. J. Richard Hackman,
Leading Teams: Setting the Stage for Great Per-
formances
(Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 2002), 135.
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
133
2
6. Lee Hamilton, “Testimony to the House Select Committee on Home-
land Security,” 108th Cong., 2d sess., 17 August 2004. Hamilton speaks to
the lack of incentives stating, “As we say in our report, there is this very
strong urge, which every one of you has encountered, to overclassify. Look,
a document comes before a person who has the authority to classify or not
classify. He or she looks at that document, there is no incentive for that per-
son to make it public. The incentive is to classify it and protect himself from
the possibility of the information getting out and causing a problem. So they
stamp it, “secret,” and we pile up enormous amounts of information, ware-
houses full of information that are secret because the incentives are all on
the side of classification.”
27. See “Testimony of William Crowell, Markle Foundation, before the
House Government Reform Committee,” 108th Cong., 2d sess., 24 August
2004, FDCH Transcripts. “Decisions about sharing intelligence in the govern-
ment today are still made largely in the context of a system of classification
that was developed during the Cold War. During the Cold War, the use of in-
formation was dominated by a culture of classification and tight limitations
on access in which information was shared only on a need-to-know basis.”
28. David Broder, “Shaping our Defense,”
Washington Post, 13 January
2005, A21, describes some information sharing practices at the DHS, in-
cluding large signs in the DHS operations center that read, “Our Mission: To
Share Information.” While signs alone will not effect greater information
sharing, such seemingly small steps may, over time, create underlying con-
ditions that gradually result in the desired cultural shift.
29. Dulles, “The Central Intelligence Agency,” 66 (see chap. 3, n. 7). In
one of the earliest references to national intelligence, the Dulles-Jackson-
Correa report refers to NSC Intelligence Directive No. 3, Annex 9, which de-
fines
national intelligence as “integrated departmental intelligence that cov-
ers the broad aspects of national policy and national security, is of concern
to more than one Department or Agency, and transcends the exclusive com-
petence of a single Department or Agency or the Military Establishment.”
30. Pappas and Simon, “The Intelligence Community: 2001–2015,” 4 (see
chap. 4, n. 91).
31. At the top level the larger intelligence budget is comprised of the
newly renamed National Intelligence Program (NIP), JMIP, and TIARA. For a
more complete discussion on the intelligence budget, see Stephen Daggett,
“The U.S. Intelligence Budget: A Basic Overview” (Washington, D.C.: CRS, 24
September 2004).
32. Maj Gen Paul J. Lebras, interviewed by the author, 3 December
2004. This delineation has the added advantage that it alters the distinction
between national and DOD (support to military operations) r
equirements.
Other departments and organizations, particularly the Department of Home-
land Security and the newly for
med NCTC, also have significant near
-ter
m,
granular intelligence requirements.
33.
IC21, 241 (see chap. 3, n. 97). This study describes support to mili-
tary operations as involving three pillars: “support to the defense policy-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
134
m
aker; support to force modernization and planning; and support to the
warfighter.”
34. Richard J. Best,
Intelligence Community Reorganization: Potential Ef-
fects on DOD Intelligence Agencies
(Washington, D.C.: CRS, 21 December
2004), 3. Best defines
national intelligence as intelligence that is of concern
to more than one department or agency and provides the basis for national
security policy making.
35.
IC21, 242 (see chap. 3, n. 97). In addressing the balance between na-
tional and support to military operations, the study’s authors state, “More-
over, the term [
support to military operations] suggests that the primary
focus on intelligence should be on the actual need to use force (i.e., ‘fight a
war’), when we continue to believe the successful foreign and national secu-
rity policy is designed to preclude such an event if at all possible.”
36. Lebras, interview. Major General Lebras suggests that not losing
forces in combat is a national priority and thus in many respects military in-
telligence requirements are an extension of national policy.
37. “Testimony of William Odom, former director of the National Security
Agency, before the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence,”
108th Cong., 2d sess., 11 August 2004, FDCH e-Media Political Transcripts.
In speaking about conditions prior to 1990, General Odom stated, “One of
my major problems was getting the civilian force inside NSA to agree to do
these real-time tactical support missions. Move them outside of OSD and
they will abandon them entirely. We’ll go right back to the prioritization
problem where if you wanted to shift civilian assets to deal with a crisis on
Saturday, they say, ’Well, we can’t do that until Monday morning, until the
Intelligence Committee . . . meets and reestablishes the collection priority.’
It took years to overcome that.” See also “Testimony of Charles Allen, Assis-
tant Director of Intelligence for Collection before the House Permanent Se-
lect Committee on Intelligence,” 4 August 2004, FDCH e-Media Political
Transcripts. In speaking about conditions in the 1990s up to 2004, Mr. Allen
stated, “I think right now we have a good balance. I think in the 1990s there
was a swing where we were thinking so much about military support some-
times we’ve lost some of our capabilities to collect information to analyze
against these global threats, asymmetric means of attack and the kinds of
global coverage that was missing [when the balance shifted to the DOD] that
has to be done.”
38.
IC21, 250 (see chap. 3, n. 97).
39. Ibid., 246.
40. Stansfield Turner, testimony to the Senate Governmental Affairs
Committee,
Reorganizing America’s Intelligence Community: A V
iew from the
Inside
, 108th Cong., 2d sess., 16 August 2004. For
mer DCI Turner, in tes-
timony, argued for a less formal process to recalibrate this balance stating,
“But we do want to have a system that ensur
es that [a] military commander
gets the best support we can possibly afford to give within the limits of also
putting the number one priority on terrorism. And I don’t know that you can
write that into a law. I think that’s got to be ironed out by presidents and
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
135
s
ecretaries of Defense and national intelligence directors as to how they bal-
ance that out individually.”
41. For a good discussion of the drawbacks of granting the DCI greater
authority of these resources, see Aspin-Brown, 52–53 (see chap. 3, n. 7).
42. See the description of the ADCI/C on the CIA’s public web site http://
www.intelligence.gov/1-management.shtml (accessed 12 January 2005).
The NICB is “the senior IC advisory board and forum for achieving consen-
sus on national collection issues. It serves as the IC’s overarching mecha-
nism for developing and implementing cross-discipline, cross-agency coordi-
nation of intelligence collection. The Board provides the ADCI/C an
integrated forum for collection decisions on current and standing require-
ments that are timely and meet the needs of the DCI.”
43. See Allen,
Testimony to the House, who describes the operations of
the NICB, “Senior managers who sit on the Collection Board are empowered
by their respective collection disciplines to speak with authority for agency
heads and to initiate changes in their collection capability as directed by the
board. These managers have developed into a cooperative team, taking on
any intelligence problem and working closely together to address it. In short,
we’re problem-centric, collaborative and task-oriented. We address our criti-
cal intelligence issues across the spectrum, from crises to enduring hard
targets.”
44. Ibid. In testimony Mr. Allen stated, “I convened a Collection Board
meeting every day to manage the collection surge during Operation Iraqi
Freedom. We continue to meet twice a week on Iraq to ensure our collection
capabilities are focused appropriately and the collectors are seamlessly in-
tegrated with each other and with field elements.”
45. See, for example, House, Permanent Select Committee on Intelli-
gence,
9/11 Commission Recommendations: Counterterrorism Analysis and
Collection, Requirement for Imagination and Creativity
, 108th Cong., 2d sess.,
4 August 2004. Rep. Porter Goss said, “Because this is really the critical de-
bate before our country; it’s the balance between civil liberties and the pro-
tection of American citizens. That is the debate, and that debate is going to
go on for a long time. And my guess is society will evolve and we’ll never get
it exactly right; we’ll always be off the mark a little bit one way or the other.”
The distinction between a US citizen and a US person is a subtle, yet impor-
tant one. EO 12333 defines a
US person as “a United States citizen, an alien
known by the intelligence agency concerned to be a permanent resident
alien, an unincorporated association substantially composed of United
States citizens or permanent resident aliens, or a corporation incorporated
in the United States, except for a corporation directed and contr
olled by a
for
eign government or governments.” In essence, the use of the term
US per
-
son
broadens the pool of individuals guaranteed protection.
46.
Sims, “What is Intelligence?” 11. “Intelligence must live with an
irony: the relevance and timeliness of intelligence are enhanced if intelli-
gence analysts work side by side with those they serve, while such proxim-
ity may be the greatest single source of temptations to privatize and politi-
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
136
c
ize intelligence.” For some counters to the arguments to the inverse rela-
tionship between objectivity and proximity to policy makers, see Abram
Shulsky and Gary Schmitt, “Intelligence Reform: Beyond the Ames Case,” in
Godson,
U.S. Intelligence at the Crossroads, 53: “The absence of a tie to de-
partmental policymakers does not, and cannot, mean ‘independence’: intel-
ligence always works for, and is subordinate to, some policymakers.” “The
question of objectivity and bias is much more complicated than it might ap-
pear at first glance. A truly open mind is difficult to retain under any cir-
cumstances, and mere bureaucratic arrangements cannot guarantee it.” See
also MacEachin, “The Tradecraft of Analysis” in Godson,
U.S. Intelligence at
the Crossroads
, 74: “Fundamentally, the only guard against politicization
lies in the integrity of the supervisors and analysts.” See also Paul Wol-
fowitz’s commentary, 79. “In my own experience, the most successful input
of intelligence for policy has been when intelligence professionals have been
close to the policy process.”
47. Joan Dempsey, interviewed by the author, 30 November 2004. This
is not the first time the IC has relied on matrix-like organizations as various
intelligence centers. Arguably the precursors to the NCTC and associated
national intelligence centers have been a part of the IC for nearly 20 years.
48. Stanley M. Davis and Paul R. Lawrence, “Problems of the Matrix
Organization,”
Harvard Business Review, May–June 1978, 131–42. In this
early examination of matrix systems, the authors describe several patholo-
gies that are still relevant today.
49. Ibid., 132.
50. Dempsey, interview. Dempsey highlighted that personnel assigned to
current intelligence centers often maintain loyalty to parent organizations, a
problem exacerbated because the centers do not “own” the people assigned.
51. See Joint Publication 3-0,
Doctrine for Joint Operations, 2-8, 2-10 (see
chap. 2, n. 16).
Operational control (OPCON) is “the authority to perform
those functions of command over subordinate forces involving organizing
and employing commands and forces, assigning tasks, designating objec-
tives, and giving authoritative direction necessary to accomplish the mis-
sion.”
Administrative control (ADCON) is “the direction or exercise of author-
ity over subordinate or other organizations in respect to administration and
support including organization of Service forces, control of resources and
equipment, personnel management, unit logistics, individual and unit train-
ing, readiness, mobilization, demobilization, discipline, and other matters
not included in the operational missions of the subordinate or other organ-
izations.”
52. See Joint Publication 0-2,
Unified Action Armed For
ces
(see chap. 2,
n. 28).
53. See also, Davis, “Problems of the Matrix Organization,” 133. “A ma-
trix does not leave such matters [r
elationships between functional and pr
od
-
uct managers] in an indefinite status; it is a definite structure and not a ‘free
form’ organization.”
54. Ibid., 134.
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
137
5
5. Ibid., 140. The authors use the term
d
ecision strangulation
t
o de-
scribe conditions where efforts to achieve buy-in from across functional
areas can inhibit the decision-making process.
56. The CJCS is required to provide dissenting service viewpoints to the
president in a timely manner, so there remains some incentive to maintain
a unified front. Because the service chiefs are no longer primary advisors to
the president, their willingness to challenge the chairman’s advice to the
president on all but the most important issues appears to be rather low.
57. For example, see Hackman,
Leading Teams, xi, who describes five
enabling conditions that are necessary to create the conditions for organiza-
tional success: a real team, compelling direction, enabling structure, sup-
portive context, and expert coaching.
58. Ibid., 134, describes three key elements (not exclusive) in establish-
ing a supportive context: the reward system, the information system, and
the educational system. I have added a fourth in recommending that the
policies and procedures governing the activities of the IC in adjusting the
balances is a particularly important element in the present case.
59. The sheer quantity of instructions, doctrine documents, and direc-
tives is impressive. To get some idea of the scope and number of different
documents, see http://www.dtic.mil/doctrine/index.html (accessed 13 Jan-
uary 2005). For example, there are 65 documents and instructions related
to the joint staff (see Joint Staff, Department of Defense, “Current List of
Joint Staff Documents, Instructions, Manuals, Guides, and Notices,” 14 No-
vember 2004, http://www.dtic.mil/cjcs_directives/support/js/jsirpt.pdf
(accessed 13 January 2005). This is not to argue that the number of sup-
porting documents is a key element of success; however, some form of ex-
plicit policy and procedural formulation provides a stronger contextual
baseline for the constituent organizations.
60. Daniel Wirls,
Buildup: The Politics of Defense in the Reagan Era
(Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1992), 173. DOD procurement reform
occurred at the same time as the Goldwater-Nichols debate. In the case of
procurement reform, Congress passed a law requiring the DOD to establish
an Office of Operational Testing and Evaluation, the DOD failed to request
funding for the office, and Secretary of Defense Weinberger failed to nomi-
nate a director as mandated by the law, delaying implementation by 18
months.
61. MacEachin, in Godson,
U.S. Intelligence at the Crossroads, 65–69.
The author describes how incentive structures within the analysis arm of
the CIA created preferences towards specific types of analytic products that
in many cases wer
e not meeting customer requir
ements. However, because
of the reward system, analysts continued to produce reports that provided
the greatest opportunity for advancement at the expense of meeting the in-
telligence needs of the policy maker.
THE PUSH AND PULL OF INTELLIGENCE REFORM
138
Chapter 6
The Question of Balance
But this view [that organizational structure doesn’t matter]
rests on a common error, the confusion of organization with
organizational structure.
James Q. Wilson, Bureaucracy
Reorganization will, at best, only create conditions in which
wise and imaginative leadership can flourish.
—Schlesinger Report, 1971
We are at the beginning of intelligence reform, not the end.
We are making our first tentative steps toward changing the
way we do intelligence in this country, and we are decades
away from completing it.
Joan Dempsey
“Intelligence Reform—At Last”
The final r
eport and r
ecommendations of the 9/11 Commis
-
sion set of
f a flurry of government activity that began with the
issuance of new executive orders and culminated in the pas-
sage of intelligence refor
m legislation in December 2004. While
this might appear to end the debate, it may in fact r
epresent
only the first of several steps towar
ds intelligence refor
m. For
example, by February 2005 lawmakers had already signaled
that the new legislation might need to be tweaked and ac-
knowledged that ambiguity remains.
1
In addition, the execu-
tive branch and the leadership of the IC must now determine
the scope and nature of the internal measures needed to im-
plement reform. Finally, as the last 50-plus years have shown,
calls for further changes will undoubtedly be raised in the fu-
ture, either in response to perceived failures or as a potential
means to increase efficiency and reduce costs.
As the mandated r
estructuring pr
oceeds and future adjust-
ments are considered, these efforts may benefit from examina-
tion of three topics relevant, even central, to the subject of in-
telligence r
efor
m: (1) the 1986 Goldwater
-Nichols r
efor
m of the
139
DOD and its applicability to the IC, (2) the findings and rec-
ommendations of past efforts to modify the IC, and (3) the
competing interests inherent in the IC that have influenced
the pace and character of change, along with the potential im-
pact of recalibrating the underlying balances. Ultimately,
these balances may be readjusted via legislative mechanisms
that provide more enduring reform or via internal measures
that allow dynamic adjustments in response to evolving con-
ditions.
A Goldwater-Nichols Act
for Intelligence?
Statements by members of Congress, various reports in-
cluding the 9/11 Report, and the testimony of 9/11 Commis-
sioners and others reveal that many stakeholders explicitly
considered Goldwater-Nichols a compelling model for legisla-
tive r
eform of a large bureaucracy. A likely motivating factor
for crafting a Goldwater-Nichols Act for intelligence is that
some of the 9/11 Commission’s findings echo criticisms that
pr
eceded the passage of Goldwater-Nichols. These included (1)
failures of joint action and the related imbalance between re-
sponsibility and authority; (2) structural barriers, including
the dual-hatting of key personnel; and (3) personnel policies
that deterred high-quality people from pursuing joint duty. A
further incentive was that in many respects the Goldwater-
Nichols legislation had its intended effect—perhaps not as
great as that desired by more ardent advocates of change, but
certainly influencing the DOD in the intended direction. Joint
action improved markedly in comparison to similar joint opera-
tions predating the act, the altered structure of the JCS im-
proved the effectiveness of the joint staff and power of the
CJCS, and the quality of joint personnel improved while nega-
tive per
ceptions associated with joint duty decr
eased.
It is important to note that Goldwater
-Nichols reform fo-
cused only on certain aspects of the DOD organization: pri-
marily the combatant commanders, the role and function of
the JCS, and the supporting joint staf
f. Thus, the military in
-
telligence organizations that make up such a large part of the
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
140
IC were neither a target of Goldwater-Nichols reform nor sig-
nificantly affected by the resulting legislation. By contrast, the
intelligence organizations within the DOD are a major compo-
nent of any conceivable intelligence reform and are directly af-
fected by any ensuing changes.
A series of operational failures and subpar performances,
including the failed Iran hostage rescue in 1979, the confused
lines of authority that allowed the Marine Corps barracks
bombing in Beirut in 1983, and the invasion of Gr
enada in
that same year
, spurred the calls for DOD reform. Critics at-
tributed many of the identified problems to inadequate au-
thority and unclear command relationships that, if improved,
could better compel and enforce joint cooperation and effort.
To address this, Goldwater-Nichols vested greater authority in
the combatant commanders, primarily by increasing the com-
manders’ line authority over subordinate components and by
developing more explicit command relationships between the
services (which supply the forces) and the joint force com-
manders. Although the combatant commanders still had rela-
tively little authority over service budget processes, their new
authority allowed them and their subordinate commanders to
create new C
2
structures that became core elements in the
success of military operations after 1986. Importantly, the
structur
e of these organizations has continued to evolve, as
have the doctrine and training supporting the operation of
these C
2
structur
es.
DOD reform advocates also identified structural issues, par-
ticularly as they related to the service chiefs and the joint staff.
The ensuing debate centered on the dual-hatting of the service
chiefs and the services’ undue influence on the joint staff, which
under
mined the quality of military advice. T
o address these is-
sues, Goldwater
-Nichols changed the or
ganization of the JCS,
incr
eased the power of the CJCS by making the CJCS the pri
-
mary military advisor to the pr
esident, cr
eated the position of a
vice chair
man to assist the CJCS in the execution of his/her du-
ties, and reduced the services’ influence over joint staff action
by placing the staff directly under the control of the chairman.
Notably, the act did not change the dual-hatting of the service
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
141
chiefs; instead, it relied on the CJCS to provide independent ad-
vice in the absence of undue service influence.
The debates over DOD reform also addressed the poor qual-
ity of joint personnel. The Goldwater-Nichols Act mandated
changes in the promotion practices of the services, made joint
service a requirement for service in senior grades, and de-
manded fairly detailed reporting by the services to chart
progress in meeting congressional requirements. In consider-
ing similar personnel changes within the IC or other govern-
ment agencies, several aspects of the Goldwater-Nichols Act
deserve highlighting. They include designating a large number
of senior positions as requiring joint duty experience, tracking
the promotion rates of individuals assigned to joint duty posi-
tions to ensure they continue to be promoted at equal or greater
rates than their peers, and, to avoid a revolving door in joint
assignments, prescribing the minimum tour lengths (usually
over two years) needed to receive joint credit.
Similar, Not Identical
While the DOD and the IC had similar motivations for
change, fundamental or
ganizational dif
ferences remain that
affect the options available to r
efor
mers. For example, instead
of refor
ming a single department—albeit one with four sepa-
rate services—reforming the IC requires altering a structure
comprising 15 discrete organizations that fall under multiple
executive departments and have a mixture of civilian and mili-
tary personnel. The IC also faces unique challenges, such as the
need to improve the quality of analysis and increase informa-
tion sharing, which argues against a one-on-one correspondence
and suggests the need for a more tailored approach. Further-
more, these challenges are often interrelated; hence, organiza-
tional changes designed to address one issue may have unin-
tended effects on other aspects of the IC.
The differences between the IC and the DOD reform are per-
haps best illustrated by the or
ganizational r
ealities that affect
the options available to reformers as they address the common
challenges. In the area of joint action, the DOD needed to co-
or
dinate the activities of the four services mor
e ef
fectively.
However
, a common organizational leader, the SecDef, allowed
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
142
the DOD to create unified commands that gave one individ-
ual—a unified commander—both the authority and the requi-
site control over forces to plan and execute operations in a
more effective fashion.
The IC faces a more difficult problem: it is attempting to cre-
ate the equivalent of a unified command in an interagency
context. This places unique constraints on the leader of such
an organization—in this case, the new DNI. First, the leader
must mobilize the activities of personnel from across multiple
federal departments and agencies, each with its own culture
and operating principles—in many respects an even more dif-
ficult task than that faced by a combatant commander
. Sec-
ond, the interagency nature of such a structure implies that
the DNI will have far less control over personnel than a com-
batant commander does. Goldwater-Nichols codified that a
unified commander charged with planning and overseeing the
execution of operations should have authority and control over
forces permanently or temporarily assigned to that command.
Both the fundamental characteristics and underlying con
-
straints of interagency operations, however, suggest that new
interagency constructs may be r
equired over the long ter
m if
the IC is to replicate more closely the command relationships
and authorities currently vested in a DOD combatant com
-
mander.
While reform advocates identified structural impediments in
both the DOD and the IC, the natur
e of these impediments dif-
fers decidedly. Reformers of the DOD had to decide if dual-
hatting the service chiefs unnecessarily compromised their abil-
ity to provide sound advice and determine how to increase the
independence of the joint staff. Increasing the power and inde-
pendence of the CJCS and placing the joint staff under CJCS
control helped mitigate these concerns. In the IC context, con-
cerns over the dual-hatting of the DCI revolved around span
of control, perceptions of undue influence by the CIA, and the
seemingly inadequate authority of the DCI to manage the IC.
The DCI alr
eady had direct control over a community manage-
ment staff; therefore, the DCI’s insufficient authority to em-
ploy that staf
f effectively was more pertinent than the inde-
pendence of the staf
f fr
om outside influence. While separating
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
143
the roles of the DCI is relatively easy, increasing the authority
of the leader of the IC (similar to that of a department head) is
more problematic. The interagency structure of the IC also
limits options for improving the overall effectiveness of the
community staff.
Finally, the IC faces unique constraints that affect its abil-
ity to implement uniform personnel practices that encourage
joint duty. Again, the IC’s heterogeneous composition makes it
impossible to replicate DOD joint personnel practices com-
pletely. At least initially the IC will likely have far fewer joint
positions than senior executives within the IC. Defining both
the number of joint positions and the departmental/agency
senior positions requiring joint credit is only one among sev-
eral requirements. Others include tracking promotion rates
across 15 separate organizations, determining a fair allocation
of joint positions within the IC, tracking and enforcing compli-
ance with joint duty requirements, and adequately document-
ing performance in a somewhat uniform manner across mul-
tiple personnel systems.
The objective of a Goldwater-Nichols Act for intelligence—
the successful reform of a large government bureaucracy—is
certainly a worthy one. However, the interagency natur
e and
constraints of the IC complicate any dir
ect application of the
Goldwater-Nichols legislative measures and ensuing organiza-
tional structures. An overview of previous intelligence reform
efforts, their common r
ecommendations, and associated find-
ings can provide some insight into why this is so.
Intelligence Reform: The Last 50 Years
Since the passage of the National Security Act of 1947, mul-
tiple studies and commissions have examined various aspects
and agencies of the IC. A review of the various proposals re-
veals several common themes, including the need to increase
centralization and control of the IC, provide the DCI greater
authority to govern the IC, improve the quality of analysis and
estimates, and improve congressional oversight.
As early as 1949, reformers advocated better coordination
among IC activities. The common rationales for such r
ecom-
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
144
mendations were to avoid duplication and to centralize plan-
ning, programming, and budgetary processes. Centralized
control over the IC would allow one person, the DCI, to adju-
dicate between competing programs and IC organizations and
thereby create a more efficient and cost-effective organization.
Further, centralization offered the opportunity to develop stan-
dardized personnel practices and policies and focus limited in-
telligence resources on high-priority issues.
It soon became apparent to reform advocates that the feder-
ated nature of the IC meant that the DCI had insufficient au-
thority to compel the hard programmatic and budgetary trade-
of
fs necessary to improve efficiency. The first recommendations
for increasing the DCI’s authority led to creation of deputies to
relieve the DCI from administrative duties within the CIA and
later evolved into an outright call for a separation between the
DCI’s roles to, in the words of one study at the time, “pinpoint
responsibility” for management of the IC on one individual. In
addition, many studies recommended that the DCI be given in-
cr
eased budgetary and personnel authority. In theory, these
additional powers would enable the DCI to compel cooperation
within the IC.
A third theme revolved around calls for improved intelligence
analysis and estimates. At first these calls resulted fr
om a de-
sire to avoid the conditions that preceded Pearl Harbor, where
intelligence was poorly coordinated among competing intelli-
gence or
ganizations. Initially, dissatisfaction centered on the
perceived unwillingness of departments to share intelligence
with the CIA. Over the years other charges were levied including
excessive politicization, a lack of focus on the consumer/policy
maker’s intelligence needs, and the failure to incorporate dis-
senting views into analytic products. Such recommendations
had a simple rationale: the government wanted and needed the
best possible intelligence analysis to aid policy makers. The so-
lutions proffered have remained consistent over the last 50
years, including impr
oved competitive analysis and the use of
r
ed teams, increased information sharing among agencies, and
the incorporation of dissenting views into products.
A fourth theme that sur
faced somewhat more sporadically
was the call for gr
eater congr
essional oversight. While such con
-
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
145
cerns emerged as early as 1955, they were not taken seriously
until the investigations into intelligence activities in the 1970s,
when they resulted in the establishment of the HPSCI and the
SSCI. However, the controversy did not end there. Various stud-
ies, including the 9/11 Report, have continued to highlight ju-
risdictional difficulties, particularly with the two Armed Services
committees. The reasons for such recommendations included
the need to increase executive branch accountability, improve
congressional expertise in this relatively arcane area, and elimi-
nate fragmented oversight within Congress.
Given this history, it is not surprising that the 9/11 Com-
mission renewed these calls for reform. The more intriguing
question is why such consistent and persistent calls for reform
took over 50 years to implement. There are at least two partial
explanations. First, much actually changed over the 50 years.
The IC became more centralized, additional deputies assumed
some of the DCI’s administrative burdens, the DCI’s authori-
ties over budgets and personnel gradually increased (albeit
marginally), and an IC staff developed to assist the DCI in co-
ordinating IC activities. Congress established permanent intel-
ligence oversight committees. However, the 9/11 Commission
and resulting executive and legislative actions clearly indicate
these measur
es were consider
ed insuf
ficient.
Ultimately, the reasons for the relative stasis in the struc-
ture of the IC may have less to do with bureaucratic intransi-
gence than may at first appear. A mor
e accurate explanation
for the lack of change may rest in the underlying tensions in
-
herent in the IC and its structure.
A Question of Balance
By the very natur
e and structur
e of the US gover
nment,
conflicting interests will inevitably arise as the checks and bal-
ances inherent in the system come into play. These checks
and balances promote tensions between opposing sides and,
depending upon the relative power among the parties involved,
ultimately encourage varying degrees of compromise. Thus, it
is not surprising that tensions exist with regard to the role and
structur
e of the IC, and that attempts to recalibrate various
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
146
balances often result in compromise that yields less signifi-
cant change than originally advocated.
Perhaps less evident is that the cycles of conflict and com-
promise occur at multiple levels within the government bu-
reaucracy. First, conflict sometimes arises among the
branches of government. For example, over the years the leg-
islative and executive branches have disagreed over such is-
sues as the extent and authority of congressional oversight,
the authorities of intelligence agencies to conduct intelligence
activities, and the pr
oper structure of the NSC staff to coordi-
nate intelligence activities. Second, conflict is not limited to in-
terbranch disputes. Within the executive branch, the various
departments that support the IC have at various times argued
with the DCI over the proper role and exercise of the DCI’s
power and authority. Issues that include the sharing of infor-
mation between organizations, intelligence support to depart-
mental operations, and the allocation of funding among intel-
ligence organizations have all required, and continue to
require, a degree of balancing among competing interests.
Finally, balancing takes place even within specific depart-
ments and agencies. The allocation of funds within each de-
partment/agency, managerial priorities, and the policies and
pr
ocedures that pr
omote desired behaviors ar
e just some of
the balancing acts addr
essed at the intradepartmental level
and below. The sheer number of parties, competing interests
or tensions, and or
ganizational levels at which trade-offs occur
suggests that simple solutions are unlikely.
This study has discussed four of these tensions: (1) central-
ization versus decentralization, (2) connecting the dots versus
failing to consider alternative analysis, the so-called groupthink
pr
oblem, (3) infor
mation sharing versus information protection,
and (4) meeting the intelligence needs of the national policy
maker versus those of a par
ent department or or
ganization. If a
fundamental tension exists, it may well be the first: that is, the
tension between centralizing and decentralizing for
ces or, put
another way, between cohesion and autonomy. Each of the
other three includes aspects of centralizing/decentralizing
for
ces. For example, infor
mation sharing implies gr
eater cen
-
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
147
tralization, while the desire for departmental autonomy in ful-
filling intelligence needs implies greater decentralization.
Since its inception the IC has followed a gradual trend towards
greater centralization, with the creation of a DNI in 2004 con-
tinuing the trend. Multiple reports and studies of the IC have ex-
pressed excellent reasons for greater centralization. For example,
the fundamental functions of training, organizing, and equipping
often benefit from greater centralization. Centralized control of-
fers the opportunity to r
educe redundancy in the acquisition of
new systems, pr
ovide greater coherence in planning and budget-
ing, focus limited intelligence resources on high-priority issues,
and set and enforce uniform policies and procedures. Establish-
ing more uniform personnel systems may assist in the move-
ment of personnel among agencies in the community, ensure
that compensation and other incentives are fairly distributed
across the enterprise, and help to create a more uniform orga-
nizational culture. Finally, centralization allows the government
to assign responsibility for the conduct of organizational activi-
ties—to designate the “quarterback” who the 9/11 Report ar-
gued did not exist.
However, there are also compelling reasons for decentraliza-
tion. Individual organizations often have unique training and
equipping functions that centrally contr
olled processes cannot
fully meet. Gr
eater autonomy encourages specialization; thus,
organizations can develop systems and personnel that meet
unique departmental r
equirements for highly specialized
skills, such as cryptography or imagery analysis. Decentral-
ized analysis ensures that analysts tailor their products to the
needs of the departments and can offer alternative viewpoints
during the development of more comprehensive intelligence
estimates. Decentralization allows gr
eater integration with the
consumers of intelligence, pr
oviding mor
e tailor
ed intelligence
to assist the operations of the supported department, service,
or agency. Even r
edundancy is not always the unqualified ill
so often portrayed. In addition to meeting departmental inter
-
ests, redundant systems offer a surge capacity (e.g., in time of
war) and the ability to pool resources across organizations in
the face of common thr
eats.
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
148
A second tension involves the degree to which intelligence
analysis should be centralized to promote connecting the dots
while maintaining the diversity of analytic opinion that dis-
courages groupthink. Centralizing intelligence assets around
enduring problems and improving information sharing—as in
the NCTC approach—should help to create conditions that
foster the development of a more complete analytic picture.
Advocates of centralization argue that such an approach en-
sures that the greatest amount of intelligence is gathered,
shared, and analyzed, thereby enabling more holistic analysis.
Advocates of decentralization point to recent IC failures, such
as flawed intelligence on Iraqi WMD capabilities, as evidence
of the need to maintain a diversity of opinion. Moreover, as
centralization increases the manpower support requirements
for multiagency centers could create a steadily increasing
drain on the finite analytic resources of the individual depart-
ments. This would restrict not only the ability to maintain a di-
versity of analytic opinion but also the ability to make dedi-
cated and specialized analysts available to meet specific
departmental requirements.
In examining the thir
d source of tension, the advantages of
improved information sharing seem patently obvious until
they are weighed against some of the potential consequences
of increased openness. Information sharing yields enormous
benefits, particularly as they relate to crafting more accurate
and complete analytic pictur
es. Judging by the 9/11 Report,
this balance needed to shift more towards the sharing side.
Improved sharing offers the prospect of earlier warning against
threats and the consequent saving of lives as well as more
complete and accurate intelligence to help shape the decisions
of national policy makers. However, such a shift is complicated
by the greater probability of failures to protect information ade-
quately. The risk of loss or compromise of information grows
as information is shared with a wider community. Should
such losses become too gr
eat, they could begin both to jeop
-
ar
dize the quality and quantity of information received and to
imperil analysis efforts. Thus, recalibration requires a careful
assessment of both the positive and negative implications of
incr
eased infor
mation sharing.
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
149
A fourth tension—one that threatened to jeopardize passage
of the 2004 intelligence reform legislation—involves balancing
the intelligence needs of the national policy makers against
those of the departments, in most cases the DOD. This so-
called national versus tactical debate is perpetuated by the am-
biguity of the terms and the considerable grey area between
purely national and departmental interests. At first glance,
such a dispute may look like simple bureaucratic infighting;
however, there are legitimate interests at stake, again compli-
cated by finite intelligence resources. On the one hand, the in-
telligence needs of national policy makers should dominate, be-
cause the intelligence they r
eceive shapes their policy choices
and the eventual actions of the departments. Therefore, policy
makers must exert control over community-wide resour
ces.
Conversely, the actions and activities of the departments often
have national security implications, and these actions depend
on intelligence that meets their more specialized r
equirements.
Thus, a feedback loop exists between the decisions of policy
makers and the actions of the departments, with the availabil-
ity of intelligence affecting both. Further complicating the issue
is that the departments can meet only some of their legitimate
and specific intelligence needs with purely departmental intel-
ligence resources; thus, some resources must be shared across
the IC to r
educe costs. Determining the pr
oper allocation of
shared resources to meet sometimes conflicting requirements
is thus central to the debate.
What Can Be Done?
If the prescriptive measures of Goldwater-Nichols do not
apply directly to the IC and if the system is inherently fraught
with numer
ous competing inter
ests, how can the IC be r
e
-
formed and who should do it? Fortunately, multiple levels and
different branches of government have a variety of recalibration
mechanisms or tools they can apply to adjust various aspects of
the underlying tensions. This combination of actors, tools, and
targets of reform offers varying degrees of permanence, preci-
sion, and agility as briefly described in the following table.
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
150
In some cases, comprehensive structural or statutory changes
may of
fer the best way to adjust balances. Her
e the legislative
branch can play an important r
ole, particularly when a shock
to the system is desired. Thus, Congress used legislation such
as the National Security Act or Goldwater-Nichols as a tool to
cr
eate conditions that allowed for fundamental r
efor
m. The
enduring quality of such legislative measur
es suggests that
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
151
Table 1. Elements in intelligence community reform
Actors Mechanisms Targets Characteristics
Congress Legislation Organizational Enduring
Oversight structure Relatively imprecise
Appropriations Top-level Institutional focus
incentive Large-scale
systems adjustments
Relative Threat of
authority of key congressional action
players encourages
executive branch
action
President Executive Organizational Less enduring than
orders structure legislation, more
Interagency Top-level formal than internal
processes incentive efforts
Hire/fire systems More responsive than
authority over Relative legislation, less than
IC leaders authority of internal measures
Granting of key players Limited in some
status instances by
statutory constraints
DNI, agency Policy, rules, Internal Dynamic, responsive
heads, and and regulations organizational Precision, finely tuned
senior IC Personnel structure adjustments
leaders practices (hire, Internal Intra- and inter-
fire, promote) processes organizational focus
Funding Organizational Difficult to implement
Establishment culture large-scale change
and enforcement Incentive Greater familiarity
of norms systems with internal
Support processes and
infrastructure constraints
Ability to quickly
assess impact of
measures and adjust
as required
such actions should be thoughtfully considered and debated
to ensure understanding of the full implications of the re-
forms. However, legislative measures cannot adjust balances
dynamically. Thus, applying the tool of congressional over-
sight may sometimes be more appropriate and can encourage
the executive branch to utilize its own recalibration mecha-
nisms.
In instances that call for less enduring and more dynamic
adjustments, the executive branch has additional recalibra-
tion tools at its disposal. While executive orders are more eas-
ily rescinded than comparable laws, many have remained in
for
ce for decades, suggesting at least some degree of perma-
nence for broad, less inhibiting orders. Moreover, executive or-
ders can be issued quickly: in just over a month after the 9/11
Report appeared President Bush had issued three executive
orders implementing significant aspects of the report.
Further down the executive branch hierarchy are inter-
agency mechanisms to adjust balances in response to the cur-
rent international environment and consumer requirements
for intelligence. The IC uses an interagency construct to bal-
ance the competing intelligence needs of policy makers and
the departments in response to the ongoing world events.
Such a construct, while lacking some of the permanence of the
mechanisms previously discussed, offers a degree of precision
not afforded by either statutes or executive orders. Finally, in-
tradepartmental and intra-agency measur
es are also avail-
able. For example, changes in departmental or agency policies
and incentive structures can recalibrate the balances be-
tween, for example, information sharing and information pro-
tection. At this level, such measures allow sharply tailored so-
lutions, as direct line managers are often best positioned to
assess the impact of new policies and incentive structures.
The multiple tools available to recalibrate a balance can also
be applied to various aspects of a balance, such as the power
r
elationships among the competing parties, incentive struc
-
tur
es and their effect on behavior, and underlying support in-
frastructures. First, the relative power of the competing advo-
cates on each side of the balance can be adjusted. Thus, the
Goldwater
-Nichols Act gave the combatant commanders
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
152
greater authority over assigned forces, thereby reducing the
role of the services in commanding and controlling joint oper-
ations. In a similar vein, increased budgetary, tasking, or per-
sonnel authority may assist the new DNI to assert manage-
ment control over the IC vis-à-vis the departments. At the
highest levels, of course, power relationships depend upon the
relationship of key leaders with the president.
Second, well-crafted law, policy, directives, and regulations
may also assist in recalibration efforts not by changing power
relationships but by changing the underlying incentive struc-
tures, thereby encouraging or discouraging various behaviors.
For example, Goldwater-Nichols changed the incentives for joint
duty, thereby improving the quality of personnel in joint posi-
tions. Other, less tangible, recalibration mechanisms include
the priority that leaders, managers, and even peers place on
certain behaviors. For example, if each of these groups consis-
tently stresses the importance of challenging analytic assump-
tions, a more competitive analytic environment may be more
likely to flourish.
Finally, technical changes to the underlying support infra-
structure can aid recalibration. Improvements in communica-
tion architectur
es can foster greater analytic collaboration and
also enable gr
eater information sharing. For example, im
-
proved interoperability, if implemented correctly, may also im-
prove information sharing without a concomitant loss in the
ability to protect infor
mation.
Summary
Reforming the IC, given the breadth of its operations and its
multidepartment span, may actually prove to be one of the
mor
e dif
ficult r
efor
m efforts ever tackled within the US govern-
ment. Unlike the National Security Act of 1947, which unified
separate cabinet-level departments under a single depart-
ment, the Intelligence Reform Act of 2004 lets the IC retain its
interagency nature. The Goldwater-Nichols Act worked to more
strongly unify the efforts of four separate military services, but
again these services functioned under the auspices of a single
department. Still, both defense and intelligence r
eform had
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
153
common objectives: to improve joint action, establish clearer
lines of authority, clarify management structures, and enhance
the quality of joint personnel. However, the different contexts
meant that intelligence reform advocates had different options
available to them, making direct application of Goldwater-
Nichols measures impractical in certain areas.
As an example of successful reform of a large government
bureaucracy, Goldwater-Nichols remains a noteworthy model
with important implications for the IC. The lessons of the
Goldwater
-Nichols Act—clear lines of authority, more explicit
command relationships, and the importance of career incen-
tives to promote desired behavior—can help any organization
attempting to improve overall effectiveness.
The effect of Goldwater-Nichols teaches other lessons as
well. First, legislation is often only a beginning. How the orga-
nization accepts and implements reforms may have an even
larger impact on overall success. In the case of Goldwater-
Nichols, the DOD generally accepted the reforms and internal
efforts, particularly within the unified commands, and continued
to solidify the measures. Similarly, how well the IC and the
heads of its component departments cooperate and actively in-
stitutionalize reform may significantly affect the success of re-
for
m measures.
Second, deter
mining causality—that is, the degree to which
specific legislative measures had their intended effect—is dif-
ficult at best, as changes do not occur in a vacuum. Goldwa
ter-
Nichols undoubtedly assisted in transforming the DOD into a
more effective joint organization; however, concurrent develop-
ments such as on-going technological advances (e.g., precision
weaponry, stealth, and vastly improved surveillance and tar-
geting systems), impr
oved inter
operability (particularly in C
3
ar
chitectur
es), and the intangibles of leadership and quality of
personnel also contributed str
ongly to the DOD’s impr
oved
per
for
mance. In fact, by 2004 the IC was not the same or
gani-
zation it had been on 11 September 2001. The or
ganization
had already reacted by making internal changes to address
many aspects of the 9/11 Report. This does not minimize the
importance of legislation in certain instances; however
, pru
dence
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
154
suggests not giving too much or too little credit to legislative
measures alone.
Third, the fundamental tension between centralization and
decentralization has slowed the pace of intelligence reform.
While reform advocates often pointed to the advantages of in-
creased centralization, such as improved efficiency, less dupli-
cation, and greater standardization, advocates of decentraliza-
tion could justifiably argue the need for tailored intelligence
support in meeting departmental requirements. The executive
branch departments, particularly the DOD, can never conduct
operations without intelligence support and thus almost al-
ways pr
efer direct control over intelligence resources to being
placed in the role of customer. Furthermore, the interagency
nature of the IC means that only the president has authority
over both the executive branch departments and the head of
the IC. Thus, it is little wonder that intelligence reform has
proven so difficult and ponderous.
Finally, reform must do more than change organizational
structur
e. Goldwater-Nichols certainly modified the structure
of the DOD; however, changes to incentive systems and new
doctrine codifying command r
elationships and the structure of
various joint organizations, coupled with technical changes to
improve inter
operability, were also important factors in suc
-
cess. Again, legislation represents only part of a successful re-
form effort. In this case, adjusting incentive structures to re-
war
d desired behaviors such as cross-agency duty, developing
new doctrine and procedures to govern interagency structures
and operations, and improving cross-agency communication
infrastructures are just some of the steps likely to be required
in furthering reform efforts.
In sum, the unique organizational context of the IC in itself
suggests one reason why changes until 2004 were modest.
This context is also interwoven with multiple competing ten-
sions that further complicate reform. Governmental entities at
various levels can adjust these tensions, using several dif
fer
-
ent r
ecalibration mechanisms that target numerous aspects of
the organization. The recently passed intelligence reform leg-
islation lays the gr
oundwork for reform to begin in earnest;
however
, true r
efor
m may depend primarily upon the inter
nal
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
155
efforts of the IC itself. These efforts have the advantage of
greater precision and the ability to recalibrate tensions dy-
namically as required. The degree of cooperation between
agencies and departments; changes in IC policies, practices,
and culture; alterations in the underlying supporting infra-
structure; and—perhaps most important—the effectiveness of
the community’s leaders and personnel in instituting reform
also play key roles in the reform effort.
The sheer complexity of the IC and of the balances involved
suggests that reform will not come easily and will not satisfy
the staunchest advocates on either side of the competing bal-
ances. In the end, adjusting the fulcrum to achieve the desired
balances may require more art than science; however, such an
adjustment can be informed by a broader understanding of
the competing tensions and the potential impact of recalibra-
tion—the ultimate objective of this research.
Notes
1. Walter Pincus, “National Intelligence Director Proves to Be Difficult
Post to Fill: Uncertainties over Role, Authority Are Blamed for Delays,”
Washington Post, 31 January 2005, A04.
THE QUESTION OF BALANCE
156
Appendix A
Interviews
Joan Dempsey, executive director, President’s Foreign Intelli-
gence Advisory Board
John M. Deutch, institute professor at the Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology and former director, Central Intelli-
gence Agency
John Gannon, majority staff director, House Select Committee
on Homeland Security and former chairman, National In-
telligence Council
Lt Gen Michael V. Hayden, USAF
, for
mer director, National Se
-
curity Agency
Maj Gen Paul J. Lebras, USAF
, commander, Air Intelligence
Agency
Maj Gen Glen Shafer, USAF, retired, former dir
ector of Intelli-
gence, Joint Staff
R. James W
oolsey, former dir
ector
, Central Intelligence Agency
Multiple congr
essional staffers
Members of the 9/11 Commission staff
157
159
Appendix B
Chronology of Intelligence Reform Proposals Related to IC Reform
Reform Recommendations
Proposal Dates Related to Community Rationale Resulting Actions
Management
Dulles- 1949 – Improve national Other intelligence In 1950, DCI Bedell
Jackson- estimate process agencies not part of Smith created a Board
Correa Report – Better coordinate estimative process of National Estimates
2
activities of IC – Avoid lack of
coordination considered
significant cause of
Pearl Harbor
1
First Hoover 1949 – CIA establishes better Improve intelligence – In 1950, DCI Bedell
Commission relations with other estimates Smith created a Board
elements of IC – Avoid duplication and of National Estimates
– Improve reduce number of
centralization of competing intelligence
intelligence analysis
estimates
Second Hoover 1955 – Create Ex Dir of CIA – Free DCI to focus more – Opposite occurred,
Commission – Establish on community affairs DCI created deputy for
commission of – Prevent abuses, establish Community Affairs
members of reasonable checks & – EO 10656 created
Congress and balances
3
of PBCFIA
private citizens to precursor to
oversee IC the PFIAB
PBCFIA, 1960–1961 – Separate DCI from – Unclear – None
PFIAB CIA
160
Reform Recommendations
Proposal Dates Related to Community Rationale Resulting Actions
Management
Schlesinger Report 1971 – Create a director of – Pinpoint responsibility – Intelligence Resources
National Intelligence or for management of IC, Advisory Committee to
separate roles remove duplication, advise DCI on
of DCI centralize management preparation of
– Create White House- of budget and planning consolidated budget
5
level coordinator of processes
4
– IC Staff in 1972
National Intelligence
Murphy 1975 DCI delegates Strengthen community President Ford orders
Commission management of CIA management implementation of 20
to deputy and Increase prestige of DCI of 30 recommendations,
devotes more vis-à-vis other primarily those dealing
time to intelligence w/internal CIA practices,
community organization did not agree w/public
responsibilities heads disclosure of budget
– Move DCI office – Provide independent
closer to advice to
president the president
– Strengthen PFIAB – More closely tie
– NSC-level consumer requirements
organization with producers
establishes intelligence – Improve cost-
requirements and effectiveness of
capabilities intelligence
– Develop consolidated
intelligence budget
Rockefeller 1975 – Form joint oversight – Strengthen legislative – Separate intelligence
Commission committee within oversight of the IC oversight committees
Congress – Improve transparency of CIA established (Senate
– Publicly release the – Provide better oversight and 1976, House 1977)
CIA budget assess quality of intelligence Not implemented
– Strengthen PFIAB estimates – Unclear
161
Reform Recommendations
Proposal Dates Related to Community Rationale Resulting Actions
Management
Church 1975 Draft omnibus legislation Adequately define roles Legislation proposed
Committee detailing charters of and responsibilities of to create a director of
major organizations individual agencies National Intelligence
within the IC – Improve coordination who retained control of
– Reaffirm the DCI’s and management the CIA; however,
power to coordinate effectiveness of the IC legislation failed to be
the activities of the – Improve management passed
IC by statute
6
efficiency and coordinate – Formulation of
– Grant statutory IC activities more national intelligence
authority to effectively budget and creation of
establish national Too large a span of IC staff done through
intelligence control executive branch
requirements and actions—reprogramming
formulate budget to authorities provided
include reprogramming in 2004
funds and provide – Passed in 2004
DCI with an IC staff
– Consider separation of
DCI and director CIA roles
Congress 1987–1989 – Establish a separate – Better coordinate overall Not passed
(100–101st) DNI efforts of IC
7
– Increasing expansion of IC
– Perceived intelligence failures
– Allegations of illegality
Congress 1991–1992 – Establish separate – Reap benefits of end of Cold War – Some provisions (charters for
(Boren-McCurdy) DNI and significantly – Enhance community management intelligence agencies
increase authority and increase efficiency and and greater
– Release top-line accountability articulation of DCI’s
budget amount – Improve quality of coordinating
– Augment analysts analysis that is “overly responsibilities) added
with outsiders fr
om
cautious, caveated, and to FY 1994 Intelligence
academe and private sector consensus driven”
8
Authorization Act
9
162
Reform Recommendations
Proposal Dates Related to Community Rationale Resulting Actions
Management
Aspin-Brown Sep 1994– – Strengthen authority Enhance community Budget figures released for
Mar 1996 of DCI via non-statutory management fiscal years 1997 and 1998
means to include Improve quality of analysis but not thereafter
10
greater say in appointment – Provide greater
of agency heads, transparency of
dual-hatting some intelligence activities
agency heads under DCI,
establishing two deputy DCIs
– Improve relationships
between analysts
and policy makers,
increase use of open
source information, develop
stronger ties with
experts outside IC
– Release top-line budget figures
IC21 1995–1996 Increase authority of Address gap between Congress passed P.L. 104-293
11
DCI via increased control DCI’s responsibilities Established Committee
over budget, stronger and authorities on Foreign Intelligence on NSC
community management – Improve NSC supervision – Established deputy DCI
staff, greater say in of IC and deputy DCI for
appointment of agency heads – Aid DCI in management Community Management
– Establish of community affairs – Provided three
Committee on – Increase and improve assistant DCIs to aid in
Foreign Intelligence congressional oversight community management:
within the NSC Collection, Analysis &
– Establish two Production, Administration
12
deputy DCIs – Appointment of directors
– Establish joint intelligence of NSA, NRO, NGA
oversight committee in required DCI concurrence
Congress – Strengthened DCI
authority over the budget
1
William M. Leary, ed., The Central Intelligence Agency: History and Documents (Tuscaloosa, Ala.: University of Alabama Press, 1984), 137.
2
Richard A. Best, Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization, 1949–2004 (Washington, D.C.: CRS, 29 July 2004), 8.
3
Commission on Organization of the Executive Branch of the Government (also known as the Second Hoover Commission), “Intelligence Activities,” May 1955, 59. “The CIA has
been freed by the Congress from outside surveillance of its operations and its fiscal accounts. There is always a danger that such freedom from restraints should inspire lax-
ity and abuses which might prove costly to the American people. . . . Some reliable, systematic review of all the agencies and their operations should be provided by congres-
sional action as checkrein to assure both the Congress and the people that this hub of the Intelligence effort is functioning in an efficient, effective, and reasonably economi-
cal manner.”
4
Schlesinger Report, 26 (see chap. 3, n. 29).
5
Best, Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization, 17.
6
Church Committee report, book 1, 429 (see chap. 3, n. 40).
7
Alfred B. Prados, IC Leadership: Development and Debate Since 1947 (Washington, D.C.: CRS, 27 June 1989), 7.
8
Boren, “The IC: How Crucial?” 56 (see chap. 3, n. 78).
9
Best, Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization, 31.
10
Ibid., 32.
11
Ibid., 34–35.
12
Ibid., 35–37. The subject of ADCIs was contentious at best, with the executive branch reluctant to accept them. In fact, after the initial incumbents in both the DDCI for Commu-
nity Management and ADCI for Administration left their positions, the executive branch did not move to fill the offices.
163
165
Appendix C
Milestones in the Intelligence Community
Year Administration Studies/Commissions/ Actions
Proposals
1946 Truman - Central Intelligence Group formed by presidential directive
1
1947 - National Security Act (P.L. 80-253) establishes CIA and DOD
- Intelligence Advisory Committee established by NSCID 1, 12 December
2
1949 Jackson-Dulles-Correa Report
- Improve national estimate process
- Improve coordination of IC
First Hoover Commission
- Improve national estimates - CIA Act (P.L. 81-110)
3
1950 DCI Bedell Smith:
- Establishes Board of National Estimates
4
- Appoints deputy director of CIA
1952 National Security Agency established by presidential memo
5
1953 Eisenhower Deputy director of CIA authorized by P.L. 83-15
1955 Second Hoover Commission
- DCI focuses more on community affairs
Senator Mansfield submits proposal
for joint intelligence oversight committee
6
1956 President’s Board of Consultants on Foreign Intelligence
Activities (PBCFIA), precursor to the President’s Foreign Intelligence
Advisory Board (PFIAB), established by EO 10656, 6 February
7
1958 U.S. Intelligence Board formed by NSCID 1, 15 September merging
the Intelligence Advisory Committee and the United States
Communications Intelligence Board
8
166
Year Administration Studies/Commissions/ Actions
Proposals
1960 PBCFIA suggests the possibility of separating the DCI from the CIA
9
1961 National Photographic Intelligence Center established by NSCID 8,
18 January
10
1961 Kennedy PFIAB recommends - PFIAB replaces PBCFIA by EO 10938
11
separation of two roles of DCI - Defense Intelligence Agency established on
1 August by DOD Directive 5105.2
12
1968 Nixon - DCI Helms establishes National Intelligence Resources Board
to review all IC programs and budgets
13
1971 Schlesinger Report Presidential memo issued, directing:
- Creates a director of national - Enhanced leadership role in managing IC
intelligence or strengthen DCI - Establishment of National Security Council Intelligence Committee
14
to remove duplication and - Establishment of Intelligence Resources Advisory Committee
centralize planning and budgeting to advise DCI on preparation of consolidated budget
- Creates White House-level - Creation of Defense Mapping Agency
coordinator of national intelligence - Establishment of IC Staff
1972 - Defense Mapping Agency, later consolidated under NGA
15
- IC Staff established, precursor to Community Management Staff
16
1973 DCI Schlesinger broadens composition of IC staff to make it more
representative of the IC
17
1975 Ford Murphy Commission
- DCI delegates management of CIA
to deputy/devotes more time to
community responsibilities
- Moves DCI office closer to president
- Strengthens PFIAB
- NSC-level organization establishes
intelligence r
equir
ements and capabilities
- Develops consolidated intelligence budget
167
Year Administration Studies/Commissions/ Actions
Proposals
1975 Ford Rockefeller Commission
- Forms joint oversight committee
within Congress
- Publicly releases the CIA budget
- Strengthens PFIAB
1976 Church Committee
- Drafts omnibus legislation detailing
charters of major organizations
within the IC
- Reaffirms the DCI’s power to
coordinate the activities of the
IC by statute
- Grants DCI statutory authority to EO 11905 issued
18
establish national intelligence - Supersedes Nixon’s 1971 memo
requirements and formulate budget - Creates Committee on Foreign Intelligence (CFI) and Operations
to include reprogramming funds and Advisory Group
provide DCI with an IC staff Establishes Intelligence Oversight Board
- Considers separation of DCI and Creates Deputy DCI for the IC
Director CIA roles
Pike Committee
- Separates DCI roles Senate establishes Select Committee on Intelligence
1977 Carter House establishes Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence
1978 Legislation (S. 2525) EO 12036
19
proposed to: - Abolishes Ford’s CFI
- Create charters governing - Establishes Policy Review Committee and a Special Coordinating
intelligence agencies Committee on NSC
- Create DNI to head IC
1981 Reagan - Grants DCI cabinet rank
20
- Issues EO 12333 which
-- Abolishes Carter’s NSC structures
-- Clarifies roles and responsibilities of
organizations in IC
21
168
Year Administration Studies/Commissions/ Actions
Proposals
1987 National Intelligence Reorganization
Act (S. 1820) introduced to
- Establish separate DNI
1989 Bush National Intelligence Reorganization
Act (S. 175) introduced to
- Establish separate DNI Abolishes Reagan’s NSC structures
22
1992 Intelligence Reorganization Act of Congress passes Intelligence Authorization Act of FY 1993
1992 (S. 2198) introduced to (P.L. 102-496) which includes the Intelligence Reorganization
- Establish separate DNI and Act of 1992:
significantly increase authority - Establishes National Intelligence Council to produce national estimates
- Release top-line budget amount - Specifies duties of the DCI as head of the IC to include developing
- Consolidate analytic elements of and approving an annual national intelligence budget and
IC into single organization eliminating waste and duplication
- Augment analysts with outsiders - IC Staff renamed Community Management Staff
from academe and private sector
1993 Clinton EO 12863
- Makes Intelligence Oversight Board a standing committee
of PFIAB
1996 Aspin-Brown Congress passes PL 104-296
- Strengthens authority of DCI via - Establishes Committee on Foreign Intelligence on NSC
non-statutory means to include greater - Establishes Deputy DCI and Deputy DCI for Community Management
say in appointment of agency heads, - Establishes three Assistant DCIs
dual-hatting some agency heads - Requires DCI concurrence in appointment of directors of
under DCI, establish two NSA, NRO, NGA
deputy DCIs - Strengthens DCI authority over the budget
- Improves relationships between analysts - Congress passes PL 104-201
and policy makers, increases use of - Establishes the National Imagery and Mapping Agency
open source information, develops
stronger ties with experts outside IC
- Releases top-line budget figures
169
Year Administration Studies/Commissions/ Actions
Proposals
1996 Clinton IC 21 Study
- Increases authority of DCI via increased
control over budget, stronger community
management staff, greater say in
appointment of agency heads
- Establishes Committee on Foreign
Intelligence within the NSC
- Establishes two Deputy DCIs
- Establishes joint intelligence oversight
committee in Congress
Note: In addition to detailing information found in commission reports, studies, executive orders, and public law, this appendix consolidates information from Best’s review
of the IC (see Richard A. Best,
Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization, 1949–2004 (Washington, D.C.: CRS, 29 July 2004) and tables found in Alfred B. Prados, Intelligence
Community Leadership: Development and Debate Since 1947
(Washington, D.C.: CRS, 27 June 1989), Appendix B-2 and Appendix C, 75–79.
1
Senate, Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities, Book IV: Supplementary Detailed Staff Reports on Foreign and Military In-
telligence
, 94th Cong., 2d sess., 23 April 1976, report 94-755, 8–9 (hereafter cited as Karalekas). The first 107 pages of this report were prepared by a staff member, Anne Kar-
alekas. The CIG was responsible for coordination, planning, evaluation, and dissemination of intelligence. It also was granted overt collection responsibility. The National In-
telligence Authority (NIA), a group comprised of the Secretary of State, the Secretary of War, the Secretary of the Navy, and the personal representative of the President, served
as the Director’s supervisory body. The Intelligence Advisory Board (IAB), which included the heads of the military and civilian intelligence agencies, was an advisory group for
the Director. Through budget, personnel, and oversight, the departments had assured themselves control over the Central Intelligence Group.
2
National Security Council Intelligence Directive No. 1, Duties and Responsibilities, 12 December 1947. See also, Karalekas, 25. The Intelligence Advisory Committee (IAC) was
created to serve as a coordinating body in establishing intelligence requirements. The IAC was chaired by the DCI and included representatives from the Department of State,
Army, Air Force, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Atomic Energy Commission.
3
Prados, Intelligence Community Leadership, 17 (see chap. 3, n. 2). The CIA Act primarily dealt with administrative issues associated with the CIA but not the overall structure
of the IC.
4
Joseph S. Nye, “Estimating the Future,” in Godson, U.S. Intelligence at the Crossroads, 87 (see chap. 5, n. 22).
5
Prados, Intelligence Community Leadership, 76 (see chap. 3, n. 2).
6
Karalekas, 52.
7
Ibid., 62. The PBCFIA was designed to provide advice to the president on intelligence activities. The board had no authority over any element in the IC.
8
National Security Council Intelligence Directive No. 1, Basic Duties and Responsibilities, 15 September 1958. See also Karakelas, 62–63. The establishment of the USIB was a
recommendation of the PBCFIA to merge the IAC and the USCIB and was designed to allow the DCI to better coordinate community activities. With no significant bureaucratic
levers, the board had limited authority. See also, Aspin-Brown, A-14 (see chap. 3, n. 7). According to this history, the USIB was used unevenly by the DCIs, with the personal
preferences of the DCI playing a large role in its overall utilization.
9
Prados, Intelligence Community Leadership, 43 (see chap. 3, n. 2).
10
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, “NGA History,” 1, http://www.nga.mil/StaticFiles/OCR/nga_history.pdf (accessed 15 December 2004).
11
Aspin-Brown, 34 (see chap. 3, n. 7). Major functions of the PFIAB included advising the president on the overall quality and adequacy of intelligence as well as the manage-
ment, personnel, and organizational arrangements.
170
12
Prados, Intelligence Community Leadership, 76 (see chap. 3, n. 2).
13
Best, Proposals for Intelligence Reorganization, 17. See also, Aspin-Brown, A-14 (see chap. 3, n. 7).
14
“Reorganization of the IC,” Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents, 4 November 1971, 1482.
15
Prados, Intelligence Community Leadership, 76 (see chap. 3, n. 2).
16
Aspin-Brown, A-15 (see chap. 3, n. 7).
17
Karalekas, 85.
18
Aspin-Brown, 30 (see chap. 3, n. 7). This committee was composed of the director of central intelligence, the deputy secretary of defense for intelligence, and the deputy as-
sistant to the president for national security affairs. It was charged with controlling budget preparation and resource allocation and establishing priorities for collection and
production.
19
Aspin-Brown, 30 (see chap. 3, n. 7). The PRC assumed most of the functions of the abolished CFI including establishment of requirements and priorities and budget review.
20
Prados, Intelligence Community Leadership, 49 (see chap. 3, n. 2).
21
Aspin-Brown, 30 (see chap. 3, n. 7).
22
Ibid., 31.
Intelligence Reform
A Question of Balance
Air University Press Team
Chief Editor
Emily J. Adams
Copy Editor
Carol D. Norris
Book Design and Cover Art
Steven C. Garst
Composition and
Prepress Production
Vivian O’Neal
Quality Review
Mary J. Moore
Print Preparation
Joan Hickey
Distribution
Diane Clark